Elmark_2008_EN

ELMARK has been a registered trademark for Europe since the year of 2000 and is part of the international company ELMARK HOLDING SC. Our company is licensed for the manufacture of the full range of professional low voltage electrical equipment.

The headquarters of ELMARK HOLDING SC are in Varna, Bulgaria. Here is our logistics center which coordinates our activities in Europe and throughout the world.

The company ELMARK INDUSTRIES SC, being part of our holding, manages our manufacture, while ELMARK GROUP-BULGARIA LTD, ELMARK GRUP SRL – Romania and ELMARK GRUP DOO - Serbia manage our trade activities in the respective countries.

Our European factory is located in Bulgaria on an area of 10 000 sq. m. In its storage premises are stored large quantities of all products included in the technical catalogue. It is from here that the goods for Europe and the world are distributed. The facility includes a modern warehouse situated on an area of 5 000 sq.m. which allows us to store considerable quantities that respond to the needs of our clients. The management and the quality management system used for the manufactured products are certified with the issued ISO 9001:2000 certificates, the complete test certificates for CE marking complying with Directive 73/23 EEC and ROHS (Restriction of hazardous Substances) certificates which guarantee the absence of any substances hazardous to the people and the environment.

The full three-year warranty period is an additional proof of the quality of the ELMARK products. It is further accompanied by a special international insurance, which guarantees the coverage of damages which may occur as a result from an action or inaction of our products.

ELMARK HOLDING SC is represented by distributing companies in Greece, Cyprus, Croatia, Hungary, Macedonia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Montenegro, Sri Lanka, The Republic of South Africa, Jordan and Iran. The contract negotiations with distributors in France, Israel and Albania are almost finalized. There is a serious interest on the part of Kuwait and the United Arab Emirates.

Our successful trade policy results from the high quality of the ELMARK product range and from the successful balance of supply and demand of electrical equipment on competitive prices. As a result, ELMARK HOLDING SC has been a trustworthy and desired partner on the European and world market for seven years.

www.elmarkgroup.eu

CONTENTS2

DEVICES FOR CONTROL AND PROTECTION OF ELECTRICAL MOTORS

Е1 Thermal relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

E2 Thermomagnetic automatic breaker TM 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Е3 Auxiliary devices for thermomagnetic automatic breaker TM 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Е4 Starters for direct start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

E5 “Star/delta” starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Е6 Reverse starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Е7 ELM 1000 frequency inverters for conveyor systems control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Е7 Frequency inverters EL – ZVF9 type for water pumps and fans control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Е7 ELM2000 frequency inverters with no-sensor control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Е8 Auxiliary equipment for frequency inverters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Е9 ELM 2500 soft starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Е10 Programmable timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Е11 Digital counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Е12 Industrial Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

CIRCUIT BREAKERS

А1 Miniature circuit breakers C45, C60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

А1 Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) C60N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

А1 Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) C100M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

А1 Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) C40N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

А1 Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) DP1N (1P + N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

А1 Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) C60Dc series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

А1 Auxiliary devices for circuit breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

А2 Switch disconnectors ISS 63…100A series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

А2 Isolating switches ISS2 125…800A series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

А2 Manual switching to reserve series EQ 2M from 125 to 800А . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

А3 High capacity circuit breakers (MCCB) DS1 series from 40 to 800A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

А3 High capacity circuit breakers DS1 to 1600A – electronic type (MCCB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

А3 Auxiliary devices for high capacity circuit breakers DS1 type (MCCB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

А4 High capacity circuit breakers (MCCB) DS2 series 63…1250A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

А5 High capacity circuit breakers (MCCB) DW1 series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

А6 Dual power change-over switch EQ1 series (ATS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

INDIRECT PROTECTION DEVICES

B1 Residual current devices JVL 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

B2 Combined circuit breakers with residual current device JVL5 (RCD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

B3 Combined circuit breakers with residual current device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

B4 Surge arresters SPD type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

CONTACTORS

C1 Low voltage contactors LT 1-K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

C2 Low voltage contactors LT 1 - D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

C3 Low voltage contactors LT 1- F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

C4 Low voltage contactors with direct current coil LP 1-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

C5 AC contactor for switching on of capacitors CJ19-43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

C6 Reverse contactors LT 4-Dxx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

C7 Auxiliary contact blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

C8 Module contactors K series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

CAPACITY COEFFICIENT COMPENSATION

D1 Complex compensating devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

D2 Capacitor batteries and cosφ regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

D3 Filters for harmonics and metal boards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

CERTIFICATES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

CONTENTS

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Е13 Devices for temperature measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Е14 Current measurement transformesr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Е15 Voltage transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Е16 Displaying measurement devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Е17 Manual meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Е18 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

ELEMENTS FOR AUTOMATION, MONITORING AND CONTROL

F1 Limit switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

F2 Proximity sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

F3 Capacitive sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

F4 Photoelectrical sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

F5 Rotary switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

F6 Buttons and LED indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

F7 Buttons and LED indicators for DIN-rail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

F8 Devices for telpher control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

HIGH POWER SAFETY DEVICES AND ISOLATING SWITCHES

G1 Bases for high power safety devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

G2 Fuse links for high power safety devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

G3 Isolating switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

G4 Switch disconnector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

INDUSTRIAL PLUGS AND SOCKETS

H1 Industrial plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

H2 Static industrial plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

H3 Static industrial contacts for exposed wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

H4 Movable industrial contacts for exposed wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

H5 Industrial built in contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

H6 Distribution boxes with industrial contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

PLASTIC BOXES AND METAL CABINETS FOR DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

I1 Plastic distribution boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

I2 Metal distribution boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

I3 Module plastic distribution boards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

I4 Cable support systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

I5 Moisture-proof junction boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

INSTRUMENTS

J1 Hydraulic crimping instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

J2 Hydraulic piercing instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

J3 Mechanical cutting instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

J4 Hand instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

CONSUMATIVES AND CABLE TERMINALS

K1 Non-insulated butt terminals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

K2 Non-insulated terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

K3 Insulated terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

K4 Consumatives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

K5 Terminal blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

K6 Thermal shrinkable tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

K7 Multiplugs and cable reels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

THERMAL SHRINKABLE TUBES

L1 "RHYME”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

L2 "SPLENDOR" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

L3 "BASIC". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

L4 "LIFE STYLE" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

3

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Certificates of the trade companies – Bulgaria, Romania, Serbia4

ISO certificates of ELMARK INDUSTRIES SC

www.elmarkgroup.eu

5

www.elmarkgroup.eu

ROHS certificates6

Test reports with EC directives N 73/23 EEC “Low Voltage Directives”

Issued by Center for testing and European certification

Notified by the European certificate organization NANDO – Brussels(New Approach Notified and Designated Organization) № 1871, http://ec.europa.eu/enterprise/newapproach/nando

www.elmarkgroup.eu

7

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Certificates presenting ELMARK products for Bosnia and Herzegovina8

Certificates presenting ELMARK products for Serbia

www.elmarkgroup.eu

9

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Certificates presenting ELMARK products for Croatia10

Certificate for international insurance in Alliance IRIND

www.elmarkgroup.eu

11

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Circuit breakers

10 11 12

TERMINAL

NON-FLAMMABLE COVER

JUMP KNUCKLE

HANDLE

LOCK KNACKLE

MOVABLE CONTACT

ARC CHAMBER

STATIC CONTACT

MAXIMUM CURRENT RELEASE

AUXILIARY CONTACT (accessory)

UNDER VOLTAGE RELEASE (accessory)

SHUNT RELEASE (accessory)

CHARACTERISTICS

Circuit breakers are automatically-operated electrical switches, designed to protect electrical circuits from damage caused by overload or short circuit. They can also be used as devices for commutation and control of electrical circuits. They differ in the following characteristics:* Operating voltage: 230, 400V* Number of poles: 1, 2, 3, 4* Breaking curve: - curve B – breaks between 3 and 5 In, used for low voltage short circuit currents (long circuits and generators) - curve C – breaks between 5 and 10 In, used for protection of main power supply cables and conventional consumers - curve D – breaks between 10 and 20 In, used for protection of industrial consumers with high initial current flow (electric motors)* Breaking capacity: 4.5, 6kA

Miniature circuit breakers C45, C60

A1

12

Circuit breakers

Functions:- protection of the electrical circuits from overload or short circuits of the outer circuit- it can be used as a device for commutation and control of electrical circuits- in combination with auxiliary devices it allows remote control, commutation or indication of the protected circuit- for mounting in housing and industrial buildings- for mounting at a distance from the transformer post from 150 to 850 m- allows protection of consumers generating short circuit currents up to 6000 A

Technical data: * Rated voltage: 230/400V; 50/60Hz * Breaking capacity (cycle O-CO) in accordance with standard EN 60 898-1: 6000A * Rated breaking capacity Ics= 75% Icu * Isolating voltage:≥2000V

* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles): 4000 * Mechanical (number of cycles): 20000 * Class of current limiting:3

* IP code: IP>20* Breaking curve:

B – the maximum current release breaks between 3 and 5 In; used to protect long circuits and generatorsC – the maximum current release breaks between 5 and 10 In; used to protect main power supply cables and

conventional consumers* Joining terminal: flat (tunnel) screw terminal with composition 1.5 coldly draw-plated plane Q235 – A * Plastic box – not keeping the burning material nylon PA66, UV rays wear resistance* Box permitivity strength: >18MV/m* Abnormal heating wear resistance and fire of the outer parts: 960°C / 3s* Maximum current release containing:

- copper coil - composition: pure copper T2 type - resistance: from 0.6 to 180m - welding effort: <150 000 N/mm- bimetal plate – composition: 5J158 to TB180 depending on the current - thickness: 0.6mm (up to 40A) and 0.8mm (up to 63A)- magnetic core – composition: coldly draw-plated metal wire (1Gr18Ni9) - thickness: 1.15 to 2.24μm - drawing effort: from 200 to 400N/mm- contact head of the movable contact – composition: silver graphite CAg(5) - dimension 3x3x0.8 (up to 40A) and 4x4x0.8 (up to 63A)- static contact – composition: pure copper T2Y2 - composition of the contact head: silver graphite CAg(5)

* Power supply (conducting) - power supply busbar 1P63, 3P63 - rigid conductors up to 25 mm - flexible conductors up to 16 mm * Tightening moment:1.33Nm

Mounting:* vertical* DIN-rail* for mounting in housing or industrial environment without serious interference* ambient temperature: -5°C to + 40°C±2° C

≥wear resistance ≥

Ω2

2

2

2

Type designation

С6xN constructive series number of poles (1;2;3;4)C x rated current breaking curve С

Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN60898-1

Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) C60Nwww.elmarkgroup.eu

A1

13

1

2

4

6

10

16

20

25

32

40

50

63

61N / 1A

61N / 2A

61N / 4A

61N / 6A

61N / 10A

61N / 16A

61N / 20A

61N / 25A

61N / 32A

61N / 40A

61N / 50A

61N / 63A

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

41100

41102

41104

41106

41110

41116

41120

41125

41132

41140

41150

41163

41501

41502

41504

41506

41510

41516

41520

41525

41532

41540

41550

41563

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.5

2.5

2.5

4.0

6.0

10.0

10.0

16.0

Type Catalogue numberCurve C

Catalogue numberCurve B

Package/Box (pcs)

Rated current In A

Breaking capacity (kA)

Recommended sections of the

mounting 2conductors (mm )

Circuit breakers

C60 curve B C60 curve C

1. Thermal release

2. Electromagnetic release

Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) C60N

A1

www.elmarkgroup.eu

14

1. Thermal release

2. Electromagnetic release

2

4

6

10

16

20

25

32

40

50

63

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6 / 120

6 / 120

6 / 120

6 / 120

6 / 120

6 / 120

6 / 120

6 / 120

6 / 120

6 / 120

6 / 120

62N / 2А

62N / 4A

62N / 6A

62N / 10A

62N / 16A

62N / 20A

62N / 25A

62N / 32A

62N / 40A

62N / 50A

62N / 63A

41202

41204

41206

41210

41216

41220

41225

41232

41240

41250

41263

41602

41604

41606

41610

41616

41620

41625

41632

41640

41650

41663

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.5

2.5

2.5

4.0

6.0

10.0

10.0

16.0

2

4

6

10

16

20

25

32

40

50

63

4 / 80

4 / 80

4 / 80

4 / 80

4 / 80

4 / 80

4 / 80

4 / 80

4 / 80

4 / 80

4 / 80

63N/2A

63N/4A

63N / 6A

63N / 10A

63N / 16A

63N / 20A

63N / 25A

63N / 32A

63N / 40A

63N / 50A

63N / 63A

41302

41304

41306

41310

41316

41320

41325

41332

41340

41350

41363

41702

41704

41706

41710

41716

41720

41725

41732

41740

41750

41763

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.5

2.5

2.5

4.0

6.0

10.0

10.0

16.0

2

4

6

10

16

20

25

32

40

50

63

3 / 60

3 / 60

3 / 60

3 / 60

3 / 60

3 / 60

3 / 60

3 / 60

3 / 60

3 / 60

3 / 60

64N / 2A

64N / 4A

64N / 6A

64N / 10A

64N / 16A

64N / 20A

64N / 25A

64N / 32A

64N / 40A

64N / 50A

64N / 63A

41402

41404

41406

41410

41416

41420

41425

41432

41440

41450

41463

41802

41804

41806

41810

41816

41820

41825

41832

41840

41850

41863

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.5

2.5

2.5

4.0

6.0

10.0

10.0

16.0



Package / Box (pcs)

Rated current In A






Package / Box (pcs)

Rated current In A






Package / Box (pcs)

Rated current In A




Circuit breakers

Functions:- protection of the electrical circuits from overload or short circuits of the outer circuit- it can be used as a device for commutation and control of electrical circuits- in combination with auxiliary devices it allows remote control, commutation or indication of the protected circuit

Technical data: * Rated voltage: 230/400V; 50/60Hz * Breaking capacity (cycle O-CO) in accordance with standard EN 60 898-1: 10000A * Rated breaking capacity Ics= 75% Icu * Isolating volatage:≥2000V

* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥4000

* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥20000

* Class of current limiting:3 * IP code: IP>20 * Breaking curve: C,D

* Joining terminal: flat (tunnel) screw terminal with composition 1.5 coldly draw-plated plane Q235 – A* Plastic box – not keeping the burning material nylon PA66, UV rays wear resistance* Box permitivity strength: >18MV/m* Abnormal heating wear resistance and fire of the outer parts: 960°C / 3s* Maximum current release containing:

- copper coil - composition: pure copper T2 type - resistance: from 148 to 230m - welding effort: <400 N/- bimetal plate – composition: TB180/0.5 - thickness: 0.8mm - magnetic core – composition: coldly draw-plated metal wire (1Gr18Ni9) - thickness: 1.15 to 2.24μm - drawing effort: 20N/mm2- contact head of the movable contact – composition: silver graphite CAg(5) - dimension 6x6x1- static contact – composition: pure copper T2Y2 - composition of the contact head: silver graphite CAg(5)

* Power supply (conducting)- power supply busbar 1P100, 3P100- rigid conductors up to 50 - flexible conductors up to 35

* Tightening moment:1.33NmMounting:

* vertical* DIN-rail* possibility for labeling* for mounting in industrial environment * ambient temperature: -5°C to + 40°C±2° C

Ω2mm

2mm 2mm

Type designation:

С100М constructive series; number of poles (1;2;3;4) D x rated current breaking curve С; D

Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN60898-1EN 60947-2

Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) C100Mwww.elmarkgroup.eu

A1

15

1P 80

100

10

10

41180

41190

41180D

41190D

9 / 180

9 / 180

Poles Rated current(A)


Catalogue numberCurve C

Catalogue numberCurve D

Package / Box (pcs)

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Circuit breakers

1000

5000

2000

1000

500

200

100

50

20

10

5

2

1

0.5

0.2

0.1

0.05

0.02

0.01

0.005

0.002

0.001

0.5 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 i/in

t(s)1000

5000

2000

1000

500

200

100

50

20

10

5

2

1

0.5

0.2

0.1

0.05

0.02

0.01

0.005

0.002

0.001

0.5 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 i/in

t(s)

Thermal release

(C Type) (D Type)

A1

16

Electromagnetic release

Thermal release

Electromagnetic release

3P 80

100

10

10

41380

41390

41381

41391

4 / 60

4 / 60

4P 80

100

10

10

41480

41490

41481

41491

3 / 60

3 / 60





Package / Box (pcs)





Package / Box (pcs)

Miniature circuit breakers (MCB)C100M

2P 80

100

10

10

41280

41290

41281

41291

6 / 120

6 / 120





Package / Box (pcs)

Circuit breakers

Functions:- protection of the electrical circuits from overload or short circuit of the outer circuit- it can be used as a device for commutation and control of electrical circuits- in combination with auxiliary devices it allows remote control, commutation or indication of the protected circuit- for mounting in housing and industrial buildings- for mounting at a distance from the transformer post up to 150 m- it allows protection of consumers generating low voltage short circuit currents to 4500 A

Technical data:* Rated voltage: 230/400V; 50/60Hz* Breaking capacity (cycle O -CO) in accordance with standard EN 60 898- 1: 4500A* Rated breaking capacity Ics=75% Icu* Insulating voltage: ≥2000V

* Electrical wear resistance (number of commutation cycles): ≥4000

* Mechanical wear resistance (number of commutation cycles): ≥20000* Class of current limiting: 3* IP code: IP≥20* Breaking curve: C – the maximum current release breaks between 5 and 10 In; used to protect main power supply

cables and conventional consumers* Joining terminal: flat (tunnel) screw terminal with composition 1.5 coldly draw-plated plane Q235 – A* Plastic box – not keeping the burning material nylon PA66, UV rays wear resistance* Box permitivity strength: >18MV/m* Abnormal heating wear resistance and fire of the outer parts: 960°C / 3s* Maximum current release containing:

- copper coil - composition: pure copper T2 type - resistance: from 0.6 to 180m - welding effort: <150 000 N/mm- bimetal plate – composition: 5J158 to TB180 according to the current - thickness: 0.6mm (up to 40A) and 0.8mm (up to 63A) - magnetic core – composition: coldly draw-plated metal wire (1Gr18Ni9) - thickness: 1.15 to 2.24μm - drawing effort: from 200 to 400N/mm- contact head of the movable contact – composition: silver graphite CAg(5) - dimension 3x3x0.8 (up to 40A) and 4x4x0.8 (up to 63A)- static contact – composition: pure copper T2Y2 - composition of the contact head: silver graphite CAg(5)

* Power supply (conducting):- power supply busbar 1P63,3P63- rigid conductors up to 25 mm- flexible conductors up to 16 mm

* Tightening moment: 1.33NmMounting

* vertical* DIN-rail* for mounting in housing or industrial environment without serious interference* Ambient temperature: -5°C to + 40°C±2°C

Ω2

2

2

2

Type designation:

С4xN constructive series number of poles (1;3)C x rated current breaking curve С


Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) C40N www.elmarkgroup.eu

A1

17

6

10

16

20

25

32

40

50

63

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

C41N / 6A

C41N / 10A

C41N / 16A

C41N / 20A

C41N / 25A

C41N / 32A

C41N / 40A

C41N / 50A

C41N / 63A

41451

41452

41453

41454

41455

41456

41457

41458

41459

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

1.0

1.5

2.5

2.5

4.0

6.0

10.0

10.0

16.0

Rated current

In (A)



Package / Box (pcs)



www.elmarkgroup.eu

Circuit breakers

C45 Curve B C45 Curve C

Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) C40N

A1

18

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

4 / 80

4 / 80

4 / 80

4 / 80

4 / 80

4 / 80

4 / 80

4 / 80

4 / 80

41541

41542

41543

41544

41545

41546

41547

41548

41549

6

10

16

20

25

32

40

50

63

1.0

1.5

2.5

2.5

4.0

6.0

10.0

10.0

16.0

C43N / 6A

C43N / 10A

C43N / 16A

C43N / 20A

C43N / 25A

C43N / 32A

C43N / 40A

C43N / 50A

C43N / 63A

Rated current

In (A)



Package / Box (pcs)



Circuit breakers

Functions:- protection of the electrical circuits from overload or short circuit of the outer circuit- it can be used as a device for commutation and control of electrical circuits- it breaks simultaneously the lead and the neutral conductor as the heat protection is only at the lead conductorTechnical data: * Rated voltage: 230V; 50/60Hz * Breaking capacity (cycle O-CO) in accordance with standard EN 60 898-1: 4500 A * Rated breaking capacity Ics = 50% Icu * Insulating voltage: ≥2000V * IP code: IP>20 * Breaking curve: C – the maximum current release breaks between 5 and 10 In; used to protect main power supply cables and conventional consumersConnecting: * Joining terminal: flat (tunnel) screw terminal * Power supply (conducting):- power supply busbar DP1N- flexible or rigid conductor * Mounting: on DIN-rail

Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) DP1N (1P + N)www.elmarkgroup.eu

A1

19

6

10

16

20

25

32

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

DP1N / 6

DP1N / 10

DP1N / 16

DP1N / 20

DP1N / 25

DP1N / 32

41006

41010

41016

41020

41025

41032

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

1.0

1.5

2.5

2.5

4.0

6.0

Rated currentType Catalogue numberCurve C


Package / Box (pcs)



www.elmarkgroup.eu

Circuit breakers

Functions:- for lowering constant current voltaic arc and use of the breaker at constant current consumer protection- protection of the electrical circuits from overload or short circuit of the outer circuit at alternating current and constant

current power supply circuits- for commutation and control of electrical circuits- in combination with auxiliary alternating current devices for remote control, commutation or indication of the

protected circuit- for mounting in industrial buildings- for protection of consumers generating short circuit currents to 6000 A at alternating current power supply

Technical data:* Rated voltage: 240V; AC/DC * Breaking capacity (cycle O -CO) in accordance with standard EN 60 898- 1: 6000A* Rated breaking capacity Ics=75% Icu* Insulating voltage: ≥2000V

* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles): ≥4000

* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles): ≥20000

* Class of current limiting: 3* IP code: IP>20* Breaking curve: C – the maximum current release breaks between 5 and 10 In; used to protect power supply cables

and conventional consumers* Joining terminal: flat (tunnel) screw terminal with composition 1.5 coldly draw-plated plane Q235 – A* Plastic box – not keeping the burning material nylon PA66, UV rays wear resistance* Box permitivity strength: >18MV/m* Abnormal heating wear resistance and fire of the outer parts: 960°C / 3s* Maximum current release containing:

- copper coil - composition: pure copper T2 type - resistance: from 0.6 to 180m - welding effort: <150 000 N/mm- bimetal plate – composition: 5J158 to TB180 according to the current - thickness: 0.6mm (up to 40A) and 0.8mm (up to 63A) - magnetic core – composition: coldly draw-plated metal wire (1Gr18Ni9) - thickness: 1.15 to 2.24μm - drawing effort: from 200 to 400N/mm- contact head of the movable contact – composition: silver graphite CAg(5) - dimension 3x3x0.8 (up to 40A) and 4x4x0.8 (up to 63A)- static contact – composition: pure copper T2Y2 - composition of the contact head: silver graphite CAg(5) - metal magnetic plate for lowering the constant current arc

* Conducting:- power supply busbar 1P63- rigid conductors up to 25 mm- flexible conductors up to 16 mm

* Tightening moment: 1.33NmMounting

* vertical* DIN-rail* for mounting in housing or industrial environment without serious current interference* Ambient temperature: -5°C to + 40°C±2° C

Ω2

2

2

2

Type designation

С6xDC constructive series number of poles (1;2;3;4)C x rated current breaking curve С


Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) C60Dc series

A1

20

Circuit breakers

78 4518

36

72

65

49

5

C61DC

C62DC

Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) C60DC serieswww.elmarkgroup.eu

A1

21

1

2

4

6

10

16

20

25

32

40

50

63

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

61DC / 1A

61DC / 2A

61DC / 4A

61DC / 6A

61DC / 10A

61DC / 16A

61DC / 20A

61DC / 25A

61DC / 32A

61DC / 40A

61DC / 50A

61DC / 63A

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

41164

41165

41166

41167

41168

41169

41170

41171

41172

41173

41174

41175

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.5

2.5

2.5

4.0

6.0

10.0

10.0

16.0

2

4

6

10

16

20

25

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

62DC / 2A

62DC / 4A

62DC / 6A

62DC / 10A

62DC / 16A

62DC / 20A

62DC / 25A

6 / 120

6 / 120

6 / 120

6 / 120

6 / 120

6 / 120

6 / 120

41176

41177

41178

41179

41181

41182

41183

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.5

2.5

2.5

4.0

Rated currentIn (A)

Type Catalogue number Curve C

Package/Box(pcs)




Rated currentIn (A)

Type Catalogue number Curve C

Package/Box(pcs)




www.elmarkgroup.eu

Circuit breakers

Shunt release MX (independent release)Functions:

- remote circuit breaker switching off at voltage feed- allows manual switching on of the breaker at voltage recovery- indication of the device's location

Technical data: * Rated voltage: 230V; 50/60Hz* Isolating voltage: ≥2000V* IP code: IP>20

Connecting:* Joining terminal: flat (tunnel) screw terminal* Power supply (conducting):

- flexible conductors up to 1.5mm* Tightening moment: 1.33Nm

Mounting:* vertical, clamps with two pins to the breaker's rivets and the executive mechanism is joined up to the switching mechanism of the breaker after dismounting the seal cover

* DIN- rail* mounting in industrial environment: * temperature: -5°C to + 40°C±2° C

2

* The power supply of the release is accomplished at the outlet of the breaker

ambient

Type designation:МN - constructive series number of poles - 1Documents correspondingto the product:Standard EN60898-1

Type designation:МX - constructive series number of poles - 1Documents correspondingto the product:Standard EN60898-1

Isolated mounting terminal for circuit breakersFunctions:

- provides a firm joining of rigid or flexible conductors up to 35mm to power supply busbar- provides a firm joining of the power supply conductor to the breaker- provides enough contact surface of the conductor

Technical data: * Brass alloy with galvanic cover* Fabric isolated with plastic cover* Appropriate for joining to copper or aluminum cables* Rated voltage: 230V* Rated current: up to 63A* Isolating voltage: ≥500V* IP code: IP>20* Section of power supply conductor: up to 35mm

Connecting:* to the joining terminal of the breaker

2

2

230VELMARK MN2 41909 8 / 160

Package/Box (pcs)

Rated voltage

Type Catalogue number

Package / Box (pcs)

Catalogue number

Rated currentIn (A)

Type Section of the conductor2 (mm )

TB 25 2.5 до 35 63 31025 20 / 500

230VELMARK MX 41902 8 / 160

Auxiliary devices for circuit breakers

A1

22

Package / Box(pcs)

Rated voltage


Combined voltage circuit-breaker МN2Functions:

- when the voltage is reduced below 170V operation is initiated and the automatic switch is turned off- when the voltage is increased above 270V operation is initiated and the automatic switch is turned off- allows manual turning on of the switch after powering is restored - indication of the position of the device

Technical characteristics: * Rated voltage: 230/400V; 50/60Hz* Insulation voltage: ≥2000V* Protection ratio: IP>20

Connection method: * Double connector: flat (tunnel) screw connector* Feeding (conducting):

2 - flexible conductors up to 1.5mm* Tightening moment of the screw: 1.33Nm

Mounting:* vertical, by means of two pins attached to the rivets of the circuit-breaker, while the operating mechanism is

connected to the switching off mechanism of the circuit breaker after the sealing lid is demounted * DIN rail* for mounting in industrial places

· Environmental temperature : -5 до +40°С±2°С

14163

14190

14263

14363

14390

14463

Power supply busbarFunctions:

-enables the supply of a group of conductors-provides simultaneous supply-conducting section – electrotechnical copper-insulation of the conducting section

Technical data: * Rated operating voltage: 230/400V* Isolating voltage: 500V* Abnormal heating wear resistance and fire of the outer parts: 960* Rated current (phase): 63/100A

Connecting:* to the joining terminal of the breaker

°С

Circuit breakers

Auxiliary contact OFFunctions:

-at circuit breaker switching off it sends a signal to the control or signalization system -indication of the location of the auxiliary contact and the breaker

Technical data: * Rated voltage: 230V* Isolating voltage: ≥2000V

* Ingress protecting rating: IP>20Connecting:

* Joining terminal: flat (tunnel) screw terminal* Power supply (conducting):

- flexible conductors up to 1.5mm* Tightening moment: 1.33Nm

Mounting:* vertical, clamps with two pins to breaker's rivets, and the executive mechanism is joined up to the switching

mechanism of the breaker after dismounting the seal cover* DIN- rail* mounting in industrial environment* ambient temperature: -5 tо +40°С±2°С

2

Mounting (DIN) railFunctions:

-serves for mounting breakers, residual current devices, contactors and other elements-provides a firm clamp of the elements

Technical data: * brass alloy with galvanic cover* factory drilled mounting openings* length up to 1m

Connecting:- with bolts or other fixing elements to the mounting surface

Type designation:OF – constructive series number of poles – 1

Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN60898-1

Poles(number)

Length (m)

Type(copper busbar)

In with two points of power supply

In with one point of power supply

Catalogue number

Length (m)

Catalogue number

Auxiliary contact OFwww.elmarkgroup.eu

A1

23

63А

100A

63A

63А

100A

63A

1P 63

1P 100

2P 63

3P 63

3P 100

DP 1N

1

1

1

1

1

1

55

55

28

18

18

56

90А

120A

90A

90А

120A

90A

Package / Box(pcs)

10 / 100

10 / 100

8 / 50

6 / 30

5 / 20

8 / 48

1m

14001 20 / 100

Package / Box(pcs)

Box / Carton (pcs)

Rated voltage

230V

230V

Type

ELMARK OF

ELMARK SD100

41901

41909

12 / 240

12 / 240

Catalogue number

Circuit breakertype

C40, C60

C100

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Circuit breakers

Functions:- switching on/off heavy loaded electrical circuits- breaking of electrical circuits- can be used as a main breaker- short circuit current wear resistance in the protected circuit

Technical data:* Rated voltage: 230/400V; 50/60Hz* Joining terminal: flat (tunnel) screw terminal* Connecting: power supply busbar, rigid or flexible conductors* Tightening moment: 1.33Nm* Isolating voltage: ≥500V



* IP code: IP>20* Mounting: DIN-rail* Plastic material of UV rays* Ambient temperature: -20°C + 55°C

Standard EN 60947-3 и IEC947-3ROHS sertificate:№ А06111803L0811

Switch disconnectors ISS 63…100A series

A2

24

1P 63

80

100

12 / 240

12 / 240

12 / 240

41911

41912

41913

16

25

35

2P 63

80

100

6 / 120

6 / 120

6 / 120

41921

41922

41923

16

25

35

3P 63

80

100

4 / 80

4 / 80

4 / 80

41931

41932

41933

16

25

35

4P 63

80

100

3 / 60

3 / 60

3 / 60

41941

41942

41943

16

25

35

Poles Rated current (A)

Package / Box (pcs)

Catalogue numberRecommended sections of the



Package / Box (pcs)




Package / Box (pcs)




Package / Box (pcs)



A

014

401

801

230

230

378

TypeB С D E J J1 K R S T Y

Dimensions

eTyp R te r e ta d cu r nIn A)(

oBox / cart n(pcs)

ISS2-125in

S 125outI S2-

S 160iI S2- n

SS 160outI 2-

SS 250iI 2- n

I S2-S 250out

I S2- nS 400i

I S2- nS 630i

I 2- nSS 800i

512

512

601

601

250

250

400

630

800

11 / 2

/ 11 2

/ 1 12

/1 12

1 / 6

1 / 6

1 / 2

21 /

21 /

Ca alogut ernumbe

41951

41952

41953

41954

41955

41956

41957

41958

41959

1250

1250

1250

1250

2000

2000

3200

4000

1000

Maximumbr akinge

a acc p ityIc A)u(

Tighteningmoment( N m )

6.5

6.5

6.5

6.5

10

10

14.5

14.5

27

S 5IS 2-12

S - 61 0IS 2

S - 50I S2 2

MG2-400

M 2-63G 0

M 2 8G - 00

351

351

170

240

260

312

512

251

381

165

165

240

27

72

35

50

50

50

73

73

86

110

101

140

120

120

1 06

021

102

533

120

120

160

210

210

353

65

65

90

140

140

1 57

20

20

25

32

40

06

25

25

30

40

05

65

3.5

3 5.

.53

5

6

8

25

25

25

37

37

84

Circuit breakers

Isolating switches ISS2 125…800A serieswww.elmarkgroup.eu

A2

25

The series load isolating switch ISS2 xxx are produced for mounting in main electrical boards for disconnection of the circuits, switching on of generators because of the fact they are not affected by the frequency variations. High mechanical strength and resistance to circulation. Simple and secure management. There is a possibility for the products to be produced with an window for visible disconnection. Functions:

- switching on and off of electrical circuits under load - disconnection of electrical circuits - used as main circuit-breaker - resistant to high voltages, to short circuits in the protected circuit

Technical features:* Rated voltage: not higher than 660V; 50/60Hz* Double connector: screw connection * Connection: solid or flexible conductors* Insulation voltage: ≥1000V

* Resistance to impulse voltage: 8000V* Electrical endurance (number of cycles): ≥5 000

* Mechanical endurance (number of cycles): ≥10 000

* Protection ratio: IP>20* Mounting method: to a surface by means of bolts * Plastic resistant to UV raysPlastic resistant to UV rays* Ambient temperature: -20°÷40ºС

Note: ISS2-xxx in – load circuit-breaker for mounting in the interior of a board ISS2 -xxx out – load circuit-breaker with an extended lever for mounting on the front panel of the board

Documentation corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60947-1 EN 60947-3 and IEC 60947-6

The devices are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.

Type Rated currentIn(A)

Box / carton(pcs)

160

250

400

630

800

ЕQ2M-

ЕQ2M-

ЕQ2M-

ЕQ2M-

ЕQ2M-

160

250

400

630

800

1 / 4

1 / 2

1 / 2

1 / 2

1 / 2

Cataloguenumber

44641

44642

44643

44644

44645

1250

2000

3200

4000

1000

Maximumbreakingcapacity

Icu(A)

Tighteningmoment( N m )

6.5

10

14.5

14.5

27

Type

ЕQ2M-160

250

400

630

800

ЕQ2M-

ЕQ2M-

ЕQ2M-

ЕQ2M-

270

307

372

372

372

A B С D E J J1 K R S T Y

135

170

240

240

240

212

260

297

297

297

104

110

150

150

150

150

180

236

236

236

120

160

210

210

353

120

160

210

210

353

95

115

180

180

180

20

25

32

40

60

25

30

40

50

56

3.5

3.5

5

6

8

25

25

37

37

48

Dimensions

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Circuit breakers

Manual switching to reserve series EQ 2M from 125 to 800А

A2

26

The series load isolating switch EQ 2 M xxx are produced for mounting in main electrical boards for disconnection of the circuits, manual switching between two power supplies or switching ON of generators because of the fact they are not affected by the frequency variations. High mechanical strength and resistance to circulation. Simple and secure management. There is a possibility for the products to be produced with an window for visible disconnection.Functions:

- switching on and off of low voltage electrical circuits under load - disconnection of the electrical circuit from one of the power supplies, while providing immediately switching to the

other - used as main switch - resistant to high voltages, to short circuits in the protected circuit

Technical characteristics: * Rated voltage: not higher than 660V; 50/60Hz* Double connector: screw connection * Connection: hard or flexible conductors * Insulation voltage: ≥1000V

* Resistance to impulse voltage: 8000V* Electrical endurance (number of cycles): ≥5 000

* Mechanical endurance (number of cycles): ≥10 000

* Protection ratio: IP>20* Mounting method: to a surface by means of bolts * Plastic resistant to UV rays * Ambient temperature: -20°÷40ºС* Option for moving the handle on the front panel of the board * Small size * Indication which of the two supplies is operating

Documentation corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60947-1 EN 60947-3 and IEC 60947-6


Circuit breakers

13

13

14

15

COVER

TERMINALS

NON-FLAMABLE BASE

STATIC CONTACTS

PART FROM THE COVER

SCREWS FOR TERMINALS

ARC CHAMBERS

ELEMENT FOR ADJUSTMENT

13

14

15

TERMINAL PLASTIC PLATE

CONTACTS WITH BIMETAL PLATES

THERMAL SYSTEM WITH MOVABLE CONTACTS

UNDER VOLTAGE RELEASE - UVR (accessory)

REMOTE CONTROL – electrical (accessory)

AUXILIARY CONTACT (accessory)

SHUNT RELEASE (accessory)

REMOTE CONTROL – manual (accessory)16

16

High capacity circuit breakers (MCCB) DS1 series from 40 to 800Awww.elmarkgroup.eu

A3

27

Circuit breakers

Functions:- switching on/off heavy loaded electrical circuits- breaking of electrical circuits and control of powerful consumers- can be used as a main breaker in housing or industrial distributing installations - endures high currents of short circuit in the protected circuit- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- control: manual- possibility for auxiliary devices mounting for automation

Technical data:* Rated operating voltage: 690V; 50/60Hz

* Isolating voltage: 2000V* Surge voltage wear resistance: ≥8000V

* Joining terminal: flat (tunnel) screw terminal for the breakers up to 160A and a bolt connection for the breakers from 250A to 1600A* Connecting: - rigid or flexible conductors- front conductors joining- possibility for mounting to lengthening terminal* Plastic elements - not keeping the burning material nylon PA66 - box permitivity strength: >16MV/m* Abnormal heating wear resistance and fire of the outer parts: 960°C* Static contacts – alloy: pure copper T2Y2 - contact head: silver graphite CAg(5) - thickness: depends on the current* Tightening moment: 1.33Nm* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥10000


* IP code: IP>20* Mounting:

- joining with bolts- mounting position: vertical

* Plastic material of UV rays and non-flammable* Test button* Ambient temperature: -20°÷55ºС

Standard EN 60947-1EN 60947-2

The breakers are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.

e

d

B L L 2

L 1

A

W 1

W

H

H 1

High capacity circuit breakers (MCCB) DS1 series from 40 to 800Awww.elmarkgroup.eu

A3

28

DS1-125

DS1-160

DS1-250

DS1-400

DS1-630

DS1-800

DS1-1600

76.2

90

105

140

210

210

210

120

120

170

257

275

275

410

70

70

104

104

104

104

140

238

316

310

347

410

90

93

143.5

144

172

172

210

25

30

35

44

70

70

70

100

100

139

214

230

230

300

50

60

70

87.5

140

140

140

210

285

280

307

350

4

5

6

6

6

6

10

8.5

11

11

16

12

W L H L1 H1 A B W1 L2 Ж d Ж e

40

50

63

80

100

125

25

25

25

25

25

25

44040

44050

44063

44080

44090

44125

fixed

fixed

fixed

fixed

fixed

fixed

DS1-125

DS1-125

DS1-125

DS1-125

DS1-125

DS1-125

16

16

16

16

16

16

16

16

25

25

35

50

400V 690V

10

10

10

10

10

10

Type Overall dimensions (mm) Installation dimensions (mm)

Rated current In (A)

Maximum breaking

capacity (кА)Icu

Catalogue number

Package / Box(pcs)

Thermal current

adjustment (A)

Type Operating breaking capacity (kA) Ics

Section of the conductor

2(mm )

400V 690V

1 / 20

1 / 20

1 / 20

1 / 20

1 / 20

1 / 20

Circuit breakers High capacity circuit breakers (MCCB) DS1 series from 40 to 800A

www.elmarkgroup.eu

A3

29

2535

400V 690V

1015

100160

1 / 161 / 16

4416544160

70 - 100112 - 160

DS1 - 160DS1 - 160

1622

5070

400V 690V

200250

1 / 61 / 6

4420044250

140 - 200175 - 250

DS1 - 250DS1 - 250

3535

120120

6565

400V 690V

2525

400400

1 / 31 / 3

4440044401

320 - 400fixed

DS1 - 400DS1 - 400

5050

240240

7575

400V 690V

2525

500630

1 / 21 / 2

4450044630

fixedfixed

DS1 - 630DS1 - 630

6565

2 x 1852 x 185

85

400V 690V

30800 1 / 244800fixedDS1 - 800 75 2 x 240

5050

1515


Maximum breaking

capacity (кА)Icu

Catalogue number

Package / Box(pcs)

Thermal current

adjustment (A)



2(mm )


Maximum breaking

capacity (кА)Icu

Catalogue number

Package / Box(pcs)

Thermal current

adjustment (A)



2(mm )


Maximum breaking

capacity (кА)Icu

Catalogue number

Package / Box(pcs)

Thermal current

adjustment (A)



2(mm )


Maximum breaking

capacity (кА)Icu

Catalogue number

Package / Box(pcs)

Thermal current

adjustment (A)



2(mm )


Maximum breaking

capacity (кА)Icu

Catalogue number

Package / Box(pcs)

Thermal current

adjustment (A)



2(mm )

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Circuit breakers

0.40.50.60.70.80.90.951

3S

6S

12S

18S

A

B

C

D

OFF1.5246810

l1

xln

t1

l=6l1

Xl1

l3 In=~630A

L I

TEST15V dc

o+o-

tL

t1

I1 I3

I

I

Standard EN 60947-1EN 60947-2ROHS sertificate:№ A07082429F2801


Functions:- switching on/off heavy loaded electrical circuits- breaking of electrical circuits and control of powerful consumers- can be used as a main breaker in housing or industrial distributing installations - endures high currents of short circuit in the protected circuit- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- control: manual- possibilities for electrical module parameters adjustment through direct modules (combination of keys) thus providing

accurate protection from overload and short circuit- simultaneous protection of the three phases- possibility for auxiliary devices mounting for automation- contactor for TT test 15V DC

Technical data:* Rated operating voltage: 690V; 50/60Hz* Isolating voltage: 2000V* Surge voltage wear resistance: ≥8000V* Joining terminal: flat (tunnel) screw terminal* Connecting:

- rigid or flexible conductors- front conductors joining- possibility for mounting to lengthening terminal

* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥10000* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥20000* IP code: IP>20* Abnormal heating wear resistance and fire of the outer parts: 960°C* Mounting:

- joining with bolts- mounting position: vertical

* Plastic material of UV rays and non-flammable* Test button* Ambient temperature: -20°÷55ºС

Protecting functions:Function L – step adjustment for protection against overload. Adjustment of the operating current I1=0.4+1xIn with discreet coefficients as the value can be 0.4; 0.5; 0.6; 0.7; 0.8; 0.9; 0.95 and 1Time delay adjustment t1 of the protection against overload – step adjustment with four values A-3s; B-6s; C-12s; D-18s when current is I=6I1. The diagram of the current curves is presented on fig.1Adjustment of the transitory protection current against short circuit I3=X x I1 where X can take discreet value OFF; 1.5; 2; 4; 6; 8; 10

Fig.1

High capacity circuit breakers DS1 to 1600A – electronic type (MCCB)

A3

30

657575858585

400V 690V

252530505050

400630800

100012501600

1 / 31 / 21 / 21 / 11 / 11 / 1

449404496344980449994492544960

160 - 400252 - 630320 - 800

400 - 1000500 - 1250640 - 1600

DS1 - 400/3300DS1 - 630/3300DS1 - 800/3300

DS1 - 1250DS1 - 1250DS1 - 1600

506565757575

2402x1852x2402x2402x2402x240


Maximum breaking

capacity (кА)Icu

Catalogue number

Package / Box(pcs)

Thermal current

adjustment (A)



2(mm )

Circuit breakers

According to the way of mounting the auxiliary devices can be divided into two groups:- internal devices – accessories for whose mounting it is necessary to dismount the cover of the breakers and fix

them in specially designed jacks- external devices – they are mounted right on the top cover of the breaker

INTERNAL DEVICES

Auxiliary contact (OF)The device changes its condition conformably to the breaker's condition; it has a NO and a NC contactor.

Technical data:- for breakers up to 160A operating current through the auxiliary contact: 3A- for breakers from 250 to 800A operating current through the auxiliary contact: 6A- available joining conductors- labeling of the cables

Mounting:Mounted in a special jack after cover dismountingNote: The breakers are offered with mounted accessory Connecting: Connected with the operative system through the provided conductors

Documentation corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60947-1EN 60947-2


Shunt release (MX)The device is used for remote control of breakers as at voltage signal it starts operating and switches off the breaker to which it is mountedTechnical data:

- rated operating voltage: 230/400V 50/60Hz- electromagnetic coil 100VA for breakers up to 400A- electromagnetic coil 150VA for breakers 630-800A- available joining conductors

Mounting:Mounted in a special jack after cover dismounting

Connecting : Connected with the operative system through the provided conductors

Note: The breakers are offered with mounted accessory

Auxiliary devices for high capacity circuit breakers DS1 type (MCCB)www.elmarkgroup.eu

A3

31

400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230

4431744318443194432044321443224432344324443264432744328443304433144332443344433544336443374433844339443404434144342443434433344344

DS1 125/40+MXDS1 125/40+MXDS1 125/40+MX+OFDS1 125/40+MX+OFDS1 125/50+MXDS1 125/50+MXDS1 125/50+MX+OFDS1 125/50+MX+OFDS1 125/63+MXDS1 125/63+MXDS1 125/63+MX+OFDS1 125/63+MX+OFDS1 125/80+MXDS1 125/80+MXDS1 125/80+MX+OFDS1 125/80+MX+OFDS1 125/100+MXDS1 125/100+MXDS1 125/100+MX+OFDS1 125/100+MX+OFDS1 125/125+MXDS1 125/125+MXDS1 125/125+MX+OFDS1 125/125+MX+OFDS1 160/160+MXDS1 160/160+MX

400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230

DS1 160/160+MX+OFDS1 160/160+MX+OFDS1 250/200+MXDS1 250/200+MXDS1 250/200+MX+OFDS1 250/200+MX+OFDS1 250/250+MXDS1 250/250+MXDS1 250/250+MX+OFDS1 250/250+MX+OFDS1 400/400+MXDS1 400/400+MXDS1 400/400+MX+OFDS1 400/400+MX+OFDS1 630/500+MXDS1 630/500+MXDS1 630/500+MX+OFDS1 630/500+MX+OFDS1 630/630+MXDS1 630/630+MXDS1 630/630+MX+OFDS1 630/630+MX+OFDS1 800/800+MXDS1 800/800+MXDS1 800/800+MX+OFDS1 800/800+MX+OF

400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230

443714437244373443744437544376443774437844379443804438144382444514445244453444544445544456444574445844459444604446144462

DS1 1250/1000+MXDS1 1250/1000+MXDS1 1250/1000+MX+OFDS1 1250/1000+MX+OFDS1 1250/1250+MXDS1 1250/1250+MXDS1 1250/1250+MX+OFDS1 1250/1250+MX+OFDS1 1600/1600+MXDS1 1600/1600+MXDS1 1600/1600+MX+OFDS1 1600/1600+MX+OFDS1 400/3300+MXDS1 400/3300+MXDS1 400/3300+MX+OFDS1 400/3300+MX+OFDS1 630/3300+MXDS1 630/3300+MXDS1 630/3300+MX+OFDS1 630/3300+MX+OFDS1 800/3300+MXDS1 800/3300+MXDS1 800/3300+MX+OFDS1 800/3300+MX+OF

4434544346443474434844349443504435144352443534435444355443564435744358443594436044361443624436344364443654436644367443684436944370

Operating voltage (V))

Catalogue number

Type of the breaker

Operating voltage (V)

Catalogue number

Type of the breaker


Catalogue number

Type of the breaker

443014430244303443044430544306

DS1 125/40+OFDS1 125/50+OFDS1 125/63+OFDS1 125/80+OF

DS1 125/100+OFDS1 125/125+OF

443074430844309443104431144312

DS1 160/160+OFDS1 250/200+OFDS1 250/250+OFDS1 400/400+OFDS1 630/500+OFDS1 630/630+OF

44313443144431544316

DS1 800/800+OFDS1 1600/1000+OFDS1 1600/1250+OFDS1 1600/1600+OF

Catalogue number

Type of the breaker

Catalogue number

Type of the breaker

Catalogue number

Type of the breaker

Under voltage release (MN)The device switches off and/or does not allow the switching on of the breaker to which it is mounted at power breakdown or voltage decrease under certain limitsTechnical data:

- operating voltage: 230/400V 50Hz- electromagnetic coil 6VA for breakers up to 400A- electromagnetic coil 10VA for breakers 630-800A- available joining conductors- switches off at voltage decrease under 75% of the operating

Mounting:Mounted in a special jack after cover dismounting

Connecting: Connected with the operative system through the provided conductors

Note: The breakers are offered with mounted accessory

DS1 - 125-160

DS1 - 250-800

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Circuit breakers

EXTERNAL DEVICES

Remote control (manual)Description:The device switches off/on the breaker to which manual operative rotary mechanism is mounted

- two operating positions of the executive mechanism fixed at 90°CMounting:The base is mounted with bolts right on the cover (scheme 1 mounting), and the handle is mounted at the door of the distribution box, using an extension axis it is joined to the base

Auxiliary devices for high capacity circuit breakers DS1 type (MCCB)

A3

32

400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230

4438344384443854438644387443884438944390443914439244393443944439544396443974439844399444024440544406444074440844409444104441144412444134441444415444164441744418

DS1 125/40+MNDS1 125/40+MNDS1 125/40+MN+OFDS1 125/40+MN+OFDS1 125/50+MNDS1 125/50+MNDS1 125/50+MN+OFDS1 125/50+MN+OFDS1 125/63+MNDS1 125/63+MNDS1 125/63+MN+OFDS1 125/63+MN+OFDS1 125/80+MNDS1 125/80+MNDS1 125/80+MN+OFDS1 125/80+MN+OFDS1 125/100+MNDS1 125/100+MNDS1 125/100+MN+OFDS1 125/100+MN+OFDS1 125/125+MNDS1 125/125+MNDS1 125/125+MN+OFDS1 125/125+MN+OFDS1 160/160+MNDS1 160/160+MNDS1 160/160+MN+OFDS1 160/160+MN+OFDS1 250/200+MNDS1 250/200+MNDS1 250/200+MN+OFDS1 250/200+MN+OF

400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230

4441944420444214442244423444244442544426444274442844429444304443144432444334443444435444364443744438444394444044441444424444344444444454444644447444484444944450

DS1 250/250+MNDS1 250/250+MNDS1 250/250+MN+OFDS1 250/250+MN+OFDS1 400/400+MNDS1 400/400+MNDS1 400/400+MN+OFDS1 400/400+MN+OFDS1 630/500+MNDS1 630/500+MNDS1 630/500+MN+OFDS1 630/500+MN+OFDS1 630/630+MNDS1 630/630+MNDS1 630/630+MN+OFDS1 630/630+MN+OFDS1 800/800+MNDS1 800/800+MNDS1 800/800+MN+OFDS1 800/800+MN+OFDS1 1250/1000+MNDS1 1250/1000+MNDS1 1250/1000+MN+OFDS1 1250/1000+MN+OFDS1 1250/1250+MNDS1 1250/1250+MNDS1 1250/1250+MN+OFDS1 1250/1250+MN+OFDS1 1600/1600+MNDS1 1600/1600+MNDS1 1600/1600+MN+OFDS1 1600/1600+MN+OF


Catalogue number

Type of the breaker


Catalogue number

Type of the breaker

ELMARK HDC ELMARK HDC ELMARK HDC ELMARK HDC ELMARK HDC ELMARK HDC

449674496844969449704497144972

111111

DS1 125ADS1 160ADS1 250ADS1 400ADS1 630ADS1 800A

505070

107119119

115115130105110110

HDC DS 1 125AHDC DS 1 160AHDC DS 1 250AHDC DS 1 400AHDC DS 1 630AHDC DS 1 800A

253035457070

505070

107119119

65658085

110110

Table with the dimensions for manual remote control

A B C Dmin Dmax

Package (pcs)


Type of the breaker

Dimensions (mm)Type of the breaker

scheme 1

Circuit breakers

Device for remote control (electrical)Description:The device switches off/on the breaker to which it is mounted, at electrical signal it allows control from a great distanceTechnical data:

- operating voltage of the executive mechanism: 230/400V 50/60Hz- two operating positions of the executive mechanism fixed at 90°C - two types of executive mechanism:

* magnetic operation for breakers DS1 up to 160A* motor operation for breakers DS1 from 250 to 800A

Mounting: The base is mounted with bolts right on the cover (scheme 1 and 2), and buttons on/off are fixed at the door of the distribution box and at the remote control device

DS1 - 125-160

DS1 - 250-1600

Terminal extension accessoriesStraight copper tin-plated terminals provide the bringing of the cable connection out of the terminals of the breaker and guarantee a firm connection

Mounting:Mounted with bolts right to the terminal outlets of the breaker with the base

According to the breaker’s capacity we offer terminal extension sets with various section

Table with the dimensions for remote control

scheme 1 scheme 2

Auxiliary devices for high capacity circuit breakers DS1 type (MCCB)www.elmarkgroup.eu

A3

33

400V400V400V400V400V400V230V230V230V230V230V230V230V400V

ELMARK ADC ELMARK ADC ELMARK ADC ELMARK ADC ELMARK ADC ELMARK ADCELMARK ADC ELMARK ADC ELMARK ADC ELMARK ADC ELMARK ADC ELMARK ADC ELMARK ADC ELMARK ADC

4490744908449094491044911449114491244913449144491544916449164492444926

11111111111111

DS1 125DS1 160DS1 250DS1 400DS1 630DS1 800DS1 125DS1 160DS1 250DS1 400DS1 630DS1 800

DS1 1600DS1 1600

110110

---

9292

105132132

АDC DS 1 125ADC DS 1 160ADC DS 1 250ADC DS 1 400ADC DS 1 630/800

103.5103.5139226226

3035

132132132

9090---

A А1 B1 B2 H

ТP 125TP 160TP 250TP 400TP 630

125160250400630

3112531160312503140031630

66666

Package (pcs)

Operating voltage


Type of the breaker

Dimensions (mm)Type of the breaker

Rated current (А) Catalogue number Package (pcs)Type

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Circuit breakers

Functions:- switching on/off heavy loaded electrical circuits- breaking of electrical circuits and control of powerful consumers- can be used as a main breaker in housing or industrial distributing installations - endures high currents of short circuit in the protected circuit- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- control: manual

Technical data:* Rated operating voltage: 400V; 50/60Hz

* Isolating voltage: 690V* Surge voltage wear resistance: ≥6000V

* Joining terminal: flat (tunnel) screw terminal* Connecting:

- rigid or flexible conductors- front conductors joining- possibility for mounting to lengthening terminal

* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥6000


* IP code: IP>20* Mounting:

- joining with bolts- mounting position: vertical* Plastic material of UV rays and non-flammable* Test button* Ambient temperature: -20°÷55ºС

d

L

WH

H 1

High capacity circuit breakers (MCCB) DS2 series 63…1250A

A4

34

DS2-63

DS2-100

DS2-225

DS2-400

DS2-500

DS2-630

DS2-800

DS2-1250

77

73

90

110

115

115

115

200

142

155

165

256

270

270

275

330(460)

70

61

80

95

103

103

95

137

W L H H1

76

91

106

148

180

180

210

210

63DS2 - 63 44006 1 / 1218 12 16 fixed

100DS2 - 100 44010 1 / 1222 15 35 fixed

Rated currentIn (A)

Max. breaking

capacity (kA) Icu


Operating breaking

capacity (кА)Ics

Operating breaking

2capacity (mm )

Package / Box (pcs)

Protection from overload

Rated currentIn (A)

Max. breaking

capacity (kA) Icu


Operating breaking

capacity (кА)Ics

Operating breaking

2capacity (mm )

Package / Box (pcs)


Type of the breakerOverall dimensions (mm)

Circuit breakers

High capacity circuit breakers (MCCB) DS2 series 63…1250A

A4

35

225DS2 - 225 44022 1 / 1235 25 70 fixed

400DS2 - 400 44004 1 / 1242 35 180 fixed

500DS2 - 630 44005 1 / 250 42 240 fixed

630

800

DS2 - 630

DS2 - 800

44036

44008

1 / 2

1 / 1

50

65

42

48

240

240

fixed

fixed

10001250

DS2 - 1250DS2 - 1250

4400044502

1 / 11 / 1

8585

6565

240240

fixedfixed

www.elmarkgroup.eu

A4

Rated currentIn (A)

Max. breaking

capacity (kA) Icu


Operating breaking

capacity (кА)Ics

Operating breaking

2capacity (mm )

Package / Box (pcs)


Rated currentIn (A)

Max. breaking

capacity (kA) Icu


Operating breaking

capacity (кА)Ics

Operating breaking

2capacity (mm )

Package / Box (pcs)


Rated currentIn (A)

Max. breaking

capacity (kA) Icu


Operating breaking

capacity (кА)Ics

Operating breaking

2capacity (mm )

Package / Box (pcs)


Rated currentIn (A)

Max. breaking

capacity (kA) Icu


Operating breaking

capacity (кА)Ics

Operating breaking

2capacity (mm )

Package / Box (pcs)


Rated currentIn (A)

Max. breaking

capacity (kA) Icu


Operating breaking

capacity (кА)Ics

Operating breaking

2capacity (mm )

Package / Box (pcs)


www.elmarkgroup.eu

Circuit breakers

The DW1 series is an intelligent type circuit breaker used to control and protect low voltage electrical distribution network. Possibility to set the parameters of the circuit protection, built in under voltage release, remote control, earth protection and load monitoring.Functions:

- switching on/off heavy loaded electrical circuits- breaking of electrical circuits and control of powerful consumers- used as a main breaker in housing or industrial distributing installations - endures high currents of short circuit in the protected circuit- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- motor control- mounted auxiliary devices for automation - under voltage release, earth protection, intelligent controlling block with a possibility for a choice of the protected function

Technical data:* Rated operating voltage: 690V; 50/60Hz* Isolating voltage: 2000V* Surge voltage wear resistance: ≥8000V

* Joining terminal: bolt connection with 4 bolts to the power supply rail * Connecting:

- copper rails- busway connection – at the back



* IP code: IP54* Mounting:

- clamping with bolts- mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum 5°

* Plastic material of UV rays and non-flammable * Test button * Ambient temperature: -10°C + 45°C * Installation altitude: up to 2000m

Basic protective functions:* Overload protection with long time delay* Short circuit protection with short time delay, time inversion limit * Short circuit protection with short time delay, time fixed limit* Instantaneous short circuit protection* Earth protection function* Full stability function* “Overload alarm” function* Test function* Auto diagnostics function

A commutation type of breakers with RS 485 connection for duplex transmission of all function parameters, adjustment and data can also be produced at client's order and delivery terms agreement.

Standard EN 60947-1; EN 60947-2; IEC 947-2The breakers are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.

Outside dimensions

High capacity circuit breakers (MCCB) DW1 series

Center of the installation opening

Center of the installation opening

Side special level , wiring terminal

Starndartlevel

Installation openingsCenter of the installation opening

Instalationbase

A5

36

AHWBL

L1H1H2H3

W1/W2L5L6L7

W3-W5Ø

DW1 2000A

34040236215037329052

11220951740826012

DW1 3200A

352 43243517550744892

11230

115174082

10012

Breaking capacity(кА)

Circuit breakers

Maincircuit Intelligent controller Emergency

breakingElectricalbreaking

Electricalclosing Auxiliary switches

3 5 7 9 25 27 29 31 33 35 36 38 39 41 42 44 45 47

SB2

SB1 SB3

J21

XT

Q F X M

SA

DF

30 32 34 37 40282686421

AC380V/220V

Fa

ult

Clo

sed Accumulated

energy

Break

Processunit

Main looppowersupply

Controlpower supply

43 46

(+) (- )

3(or4)6(or8)

Operatingpower supply

DC power supply module

U1(+) U2(-)DC220V¡ 110V

0 0

Connecting scheme

High capacity circuit breakers (MCCB) DW1 serieswww.elmarkgroup.eu

A5

37

Type Rated current In (A)

Rated voltageUn (V)

Electrical wear resistance

(number of cycles)

Mechanical wear resistance

(number of cycles)

Cataloguenumber

DW1 - 2000

DW1 - 3200

2000

2500

3200

690

690

690 80

100

100

500

500

500

9500

9500

9500

44209

44255

44329

Package / Box(pcs)

1 / 1

1 / 1

1 / 1

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Circuit breakers

The system for dual power change-over switch EQ1 is designed to provide continuous power supply and two electrical sources automatic switch in case of failure or deviation from the set parameters.The system for dual power change-over switch consists of two high capacity circuit breakers mounted on a metal frame connected with common operating mechanism and controlled by a command device that controls the system parameters' correspondence.Functions:

* Switching on/off heavy loaded electrical circuits at main power supply discrepancy * Switching to dual power change-over at power supply phase lack* Breaking of electrical circuits and control of powerful consumers* Used as a main breaker in housing or industrial distributing installations supplied with a generator or a second power

supply source (hospitals, post offices, military sites, control rooms)* Remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics* Control: motor* Controls the following circuit parameters:

- presence of the three phases- the phase voltage to be in the set limits- overload- short circuit at the outlet

Technical data:* Rated operating voltage: 690V; 50/60Hz* Surge voltage wear resistance: ≥8000V* Joining terminal: bolt connection with 4 bolts to the power supply rail * Connecting:

- copper rails- flexible or rigid conductors

* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles): ≥10000* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles): ≥20000* IP code: IP21* Mounting:- clamping with bolts- mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum 5°

* Plastic material of the breakers of UV rays and non-flammable * Ambient temperature: -10°C + 45°C * Installation altitude: up to 2000m

Basic functions of the control device:* Overload protection* Instantaneous short circuit protection* Under phase protection* Possibility for setting the change-over time between the two sources – min 3s* Possibility for automatic switch-over to the main power supply source after restoring its parameters

The system for dual power change-over switch is offered in two types:- with display (control device) mounted on the mounting plate (integrated type)- with separated control display

Standard EN 60947-1EN 60947-2; EN 60947-6-1


main power supply

alternative power supply

Note: *Dual power change-over switch with separated control display

Dual power change-over switch EQ1 series (ATS)

A6

38

EQ1 - 100EQ1 - 225EQ1 - 400EQ1 - 630

EQ1 - 225EQ1 - 400EQ1 - 630

А В С D H

480480620660

420420570610

240240300300

230230300300

450450590630

390390540580

210210270270

200200270270

140140235240

145145235240

EQ1 - 100EQ1 - 225EQ1 - 400EQ1 - 630

EQ1 - 100*EQ1 - 225*EQ1 - 400*EQ1 - 630*

100225400630

100225400630

22354250

22354250

15253542

15253542

3570180240

3570180240

6000600060006000

6000600060006000

44100442254440344633

44101442264440444634

1 / 11 / 11 / 11 / 1

1 / 11 / 11 / 11 / 1

Type of the breaker

inner type

Dimensions (mm)


Max. breaking

capacity (kA) Icu


Operating breaking

capacity (кА) Ics

Section of the power supply

2conductor (mm )

Package / Box (pcs)

Electrical wear resistance

(number of cycles)

moved typeEQ1 - 100

Dimensions for ABP Eq1

Indirect protection devices

COVER

TERMINALS

NON-FLAMABLE BASE

CONTACT

TEST BUTTON

SECONDARY WINDING OF TT

PRIMARY WINDING

SUMMING CURRENT TRANSFORMER (TT) WITH TOROID

ELECTROMAGNETIC RELAY

BREAKING (RELEASE) UNIT

Residual current devices JVL 1www.elmarkgroup.eu

B1

39

www.elmarkgroup.eu


Standard EN 61008-1EN 61008-2; EN 60947-1


The residual current device works with no extra power supply to the operating mechanism. It compares the magnitude of the currents through the neutral and phase conductors. The conductors are coiled on toroid and together with the secondary winding form a measurement transformer. The power conductors are coiled in such a way that the magnetic fields generated at electrical current flow through them are mutually neutralized. At failure in the insulation of some of the conductors or at presence of a person under voltage, the system is misbalanced and the magnetic fields can not be neutralized. This residual field generates in the secondary current winding, called current leakage. The device breaks when the value of this current exceeds the limit value of the residual current breaker. Functions:

- switching off heavy-loaded electrical circuits at insulation damage of the conductors to the consumers- switching off heavy-loaded electrical circuits at presence of a person under voltage- used to protect not only particular consumers/circuits, but also the whole panel- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- control: manual switching on and automatic switching off at exit failure

Technical data:* Rated operating voltage: 230/400V; 50/60 Hz* Rated current: according to the table* Responsiveness: 30; 100; 300; 500mA* Time delay until break: <0.1s at I and <0.04s at 2I * Surge voltage wear resistance: ≥2000V

* Short circuit current wear resistance: 6000A* Joining terminal: flat (tunnel) screw terminal made of 1.5 coldly draw-plated plane Q235A* Type of the plastic:

- material: self-extinguishing nylon PA66- permitivity strength: >18MV/m

* Contact head: silver graphite CAg(5)* Static contact: pure copper T2Y2 type * Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥5000


* IP code: IP>20* Indication for operating (switched on) position* Plastic material of the breakers of UV rays and non-flammable* Ambient temperature: -10°C + 45°C* Installation altitude: up to 2000m

Connecting:- power supply busbar (only for bipolar)- flexible or rigid conductors with corresponding section

Mounting:- on DIN-rail- mounting position: vertical

The residual current device is mounted in the distribution box, and after the device the neutral conductor and the earthing conductor must not be connected together. In order to work accurately, the device must have three- or five-conductor grid with separate protective conductor (PE) (e.g. earthing system TN-S or TT with three or five conductors). The corpus of the consumer depending on the grid type must be connected either to the protective conductor or be earthed.

∆ n ∆ n

Fig.1

Residual current devices JVL1 series (RCD)

B1

40

36

65 85

N

TEST

OFF

T

74.5

35.5

TEST

T

OFF

85

N

72

RST

PE N

JVL1 4P

JVL1 2P

consumer

consumer

Catalogue numberRated current

In (A)Numberof poles

Catalogue number

Leakage current I D n(mA)

Leakage current I D n(mA)

Rated currentIn (A)

Numberof poles

Dimensions

Connecting scheme

www.elmarkgroup.eu

B1

41 Indirect protection devices

Residual current devices JVL1 series (RCD)

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

30 100 300 500

40210

40216

40292

40221

40231

40241

40261

40281

40212

40217

40293

40222

40232

40242

40262

40282

40213

40218

40294

40223

40233

40243

40263

40283

40214

40219

40295

40224

40234

40244

40264

40284

10.0

16.0

20.0

25.0

32.0

40.0

63.0

80.0

Package / Box ( pcs)

1 / 60

1 / 60

1 / 60

1 / 60

1 / 60

1 / 60

1 / 60

1 / 60

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

30 100 300 500

40410

40416

40492

40421

40431

40441

40461

40481

40412

40417

40493

40422

40432

40442

40462

40482

40413

40418

40494

40423

40433

40443

40463

40483

40414

40419

40495

40424

40434

40444

40464

40484

10.0

16.0

20.0

25.0

32.0

40.0

63.0

80.0

1 / 30

1 / 30

1 / 30

1 / 30

1 / 30

1 / 30

1 / 30

1 / 30

Package / Box ( pcs)


Standard EN60 898-1;EN 61 008-1; EN 61008-2;EN 60947-1


Description of the operating system:It is a combination of automatic circuit breaker and residual current electromagnetic device. It combines the properties of the two elements. The circuit breaker reacts at short circuit or overload in the protected circuit, and the electromagnetic residual current device - at failure in the conductors’ insulation. It compares the magnitude of the currents through the neutral and phase conductors. The conductors are coiled on toroid and together with the secondary winding form a measurement transformer. The power conductors are coiled in such a way that the magnetic fields generated at electrical current flow through them are mutually neutralized. At failure in the insulation of some of the conductors or at presence of a person under voltage, the system is misbalanced and the magnetic fields can not be neutralized. This residual magnetic field generates in the secondary current winding, called current leakage. When the value of this current exceeds the limit value of the residual current breaker the device breaks and the residual current device switches off from the power supply grid. The device operates without any extra power supply to the electromagnetic residual current and is not influenced by voltage varying or decreasing.Functions:- switching off heavy-loaded electrical circuits at short circuit or overload- switching off heavy-loaded electrical circuits at insulation damage of the conductors to the consumers- switching off heavy-loaded electrical circuits at presence of a person under voltage- used to protect not only particular consumers/circuits, but also the whole panel- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- control: manual switching on and automatic switching off at failure in the insulation after the breakerTechnical data:

* Rated operating voltage: 230V 50 Hz* Circuit breaker rated current: according to the table* Residual current responsiveness: 30; 100; 300; 500mA* Time delay until break:

- of the residual current device: <0.1s at I ∆ n and <0.04s at 2I ∆ n- of the circuit breaker: <0.1s

* Circuit breaker breaking curve: C* Surge voltage wear resistance:≥2000V* Breaking capacity: 6000A* Joining terminal: flat (tunnel) screw terminal made of 1.5 coldly draw-plated plane Q235A* Type of the plastic:

- material: self-extinguishing nylon PA66 - dielectrical strength: >18MV/m

* Contact head: silver graphite CAg(5)* Static contact: pure copper T2Y2 type * Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥≥5000* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥≥10000* IP code: IP>20* Indication for operating (switched on) position* Breakers plastic material of UV rays and non-flammable* Ambient temperature: -10Cْ + 45Cْ* Installation altitude: up to 2000m

Connecting:- flexible or rigid conductors with corresponding section

Mounting:- on DIN-rail- mounting position: vertical

The residual current device is mounted in the distribution box, and after the device the neutral conductor and the earthing conductor must not be connected together. In order to work accurately, the device must have three- or five-conductor grid with separate operating neutral conductor (N) and separate protecting conductor (PE) (e.g. earthing system TN-S or TT with three or five conductors).

Combined electromagnetic residual current device and circuit breaker 1P 6kA

Rated current (A)

Type designation

Package / Box (pcs)

6

6

6

6

6

Catalogue number

Leakage current

IΔ n (30mА)

Leakage current

IΔ n (300mА)

10

16

25

32

40

JVL5

JVL5

JVL5

JVL5

JVL5

40010

40016

40025

40032

40040

7 / 140

7 / 140

7 / 140

7/ 140

7 / 140

Leakage current

IΔ n (100mА)

40011

40017

40021

40031

40041

40013

40018

40023

40033

40043

Sections of the mounting conductors

2(mm )

Number of poles of

the residual current

device/circuit breaker

2

2

2

2

2

Breaking capacity

(kA)

1.5

2.5

4.0

6.0

10.0

Combined circuit breakers with residual current device JVL5 (RCD)

Leakage current

IΔ n (500mА)

40015

40019

40026

40035

40045

www.elmarkgroup.eu

B2

42

Combined circuit breakers with residual current device

HL L

35±

0.50

42.5±0.31

45±

0.31

Standard EN60 898-1 EN 61 009-1EN 61009-2 EN 60947-1


Description of the operating system:It is a combination of automatic circuit breaker and residual current electromagnetic device. It combines part of the properties of the two elements. The circuit breaker reacts at short circuit in the protected circuit, and the electromagnetic residual current device - at failure in the conductors’ insulation. It compares the rate of the currents through the conductors in an electronic comparator. The residual current device operates normally at voltage feed. The voltage is needed for the comparator’s energizing – a semi-conductor element with constantly set leakage current rate. This rate is compared with the actual rate. When the margin of the comparison is neutral, the residual current device does not operate, but at failure in the protected circuit insulation when it exceeds the set margin it operates and switches off the protection.For the normal operation of the residual current device, the power supplying circuit voltage must be over 170V and there must be no time variation. Functions:- switching off heavy-loaded electrical circuits at short circuit or overload- switching off heavy-loaded electrical circuits at insulation damage of the conductors to the consumers- switching off heavy-loaded electrical circuits at presence of a person under voltage- used to protect not only particular consumers/circuits, but also the whole panel- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- control: manual switching on and automatic switching off at exit failureTechnical data:

* Rated operating voltage: 230/400V 50 Hz* Circuit breaker rated current: according to the table* Residual current responsiveness: 30; 100; 300; 500mA* Time delay until break:

- of the residual current device: <0.1s at I ∆ n and <0.04s at 2I ∆ n- of the circuit breaker: <0.1s

* Circuit breaker breaking curve: C* Surge voltage wear resistance:≥2000V* Breaking capacity: 4500A* Joining terminal: flat (tunnel) screw terminal* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥≥500* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥≥2000* IP code: IP>20* Indication for operating (switched on) position

Connecting:- power supply busbar (for two- or three polar)- flexible or rigid conductors with corresponding sectionMounting:- on DIN-rail- mounting position: vertical

* Breakers plastic material of UV rays and non-flammable* Ambient temperature: -10Cْ + 45Cْ

* Installation altitude: up to 2000m

The residual current device is mounted in the distribution box, and after the device the neutral conductor and the earthing conductor must not be connected together. In order to work accurately, the device must have separate conductors for operational neutral conductor (N) and protective conductor (e.g. earthing system TN-S or TT with three or five conductors).

Geometrical dimensions

L(mm)H(mm)

1P+N

4495

2P

6295

3P

8895

3P+N

115.595

Type designation

C4xLE constructive series electrical protection number of poles (1; 2; 3; 4) circuit breaker capacityCx rated current breaking curve - C


www.elmarkgroup.eu

B3

43

Package/Box (pcs)

Cat. number

Leakage current

IΔ n (30mА)

Leakage current

IΔ n (300mА)

Leakage current

IΔ n (100mА)

Leakage current

IΔ n (500mА)

Rated current

(A)

Type designation


2(mm )

Number of poles of



Breaking capacity

(kA)

Package/Box (pcs)

Cat. number

Leakage current

IΔ n (30mА)

Leakage current

IΔ n (300mА)

Leakage current

IΔ n (100mА)

Leakage current

IΔ n (500mА)

Rated current

(A)

Type designation


2(mm )

Number of poles of



Breaking capacity

(kA)

Package / Box (pcs)

Cat. number

Leakage current

IΔ n (30mА)

Leakage current

IΔ n (300mА)

Leakage current

IΔ n (100mА)

Leakage current

IΔ n (500mА)

Rated current

(A)

Type designation


2(mm )

Number of poles of



Breaking capacity

(kA)

Package/Box (pcs)

Cat. number

Leakage current

IΔ n (30mА)

Leakage current

IΔ n (300mА)

Leakage current

IΔ n (100mА)

Leakage current

IΔ n (500mА)

Rated current

(A)

Type designation


2(mm )

Number of poles of



Breaking capacity

(kA)

Combined circuit breakers with residual current device

Combined electronic residual current device 2PIt compares the leakage current between the phase and neutral conductors or between two phases.

3 / 60

3 / 60

3 / 60

3 / 60

3 / 60

40310

40316

40325

40340

40363

40311

40317

40321

40341

40361

40313

40318

40323

40343

40336

40314

40319

40324

40344

40365

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

10

16

25

40

50

C43LE C10

C43LE C16

C43LE C25

C43LE C40

C43LE C50

3

3

3

3

3

1.5

2.5

4.0

10.0

16.0

Combined electronic residual current device 3PIt compares the leakage current between three phases.

2 / 40

2 / 40

2 / 40

2 / 40

2 / 40

40411

40415

40425

40440

40465

40407

40445

40420

40404

40401

40408

40439

40428

40447

40436

40409

40438

40429

40446

40469

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

10

16

25

40

50

C44LE C10

C44LE C16

C44LE C25

C44LE C40

C44LE C50

4

4

4

4

4

1.5

2.5

4.0

10.0

16.0

Combined electronic residual current device 3P + NIt combines the leaking current between three phases and neutral conductors.


www.elmarkgroup.eu

B3

44

Combined electronic residual current device 1P + NIt compares the leakage current between the phase and neutral conductors.

5 / 100

5 / 100

5 / 100

5 / 100

5 / 100

40211

40215

40225

40240

40265

40207

40245

40229

40204

40260

40208

40235

40230

40246

40236

40209

40237

40238

40268

40269

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

10

16

25

40

50

C42LE C10

C42LE C16

C42LE C25

C42LE C40

C42LE C50

2

2

2

2

2

1.5

2.5

4.0

10.0

16.0

7 / 140

7 / 140

7 / 140

7 / 140

7 / 140

40110

40116

40125

40140

40163

40111

40117

40121

40141

40161

40113

40118

40123

40133

40136

40114

40119

40126

40145

40165

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

10

16

25

40

50

C41LE C10

C41LE C16

C41LE C25

C41LE C40

C41LE C50

2

2

2

2

2

1.5

2.5

4.0

10.0

16.0

Three phase protection TN-C system Three phase protection TN-S system

Monophase protection TT system Three phase protection IT system

consumer consumer

consumer consumer

The surge arrestor consists of a semi-conductor valve element that opens at certain conditions. At normal conditions of the system, the surge arrestor has infinitely high resistance between the protected conductors and earthing circuit. At voltage increase due to atmospheric nature or system failure, the valve element opens and leads the excessive voltage to the grounded circuit. After reversion of the normal voltage the valve element closes. The arrestor can endure high momentary overloading.Functions:- protection of heavy-loaded electrical circuits from overload- used to protect not only particular consumers/circuits, but also the whole panel- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- control: automatic switching off at exit failure and recovery after eliminating the dangerTechnical data:

* Rated operating voltage Uc: - the operating voltage of the surge arrester 275/440V; 50Hz* Surge voltage Up: the voltage created in surge arrester terminals at rated discharge current running: according to the

tables* Rated discharge current In – the rated value of discharge current with a sinusoid 8/20µs, which can be repeatedly

led to the ground: according to the tables* Full discharge current Imax – the peak value of the discharge current with a sinusoid 8/20µs, which the surge

arrester can bear once: according to the table* Constant operating current: up to 800μA for 1P, 2P and 3P; up to 600μA for 1P + N, 3P + N* Indication for damaged surge arrester* Offered in types: 1P; 1P + N; 3P; 3P + N

Connecting:- flexible or rigid conductors with corresponding sectionMounting:- on DIN-rail- mounting position: vertical - mounting in the distribution box on the front or right before the breaker according to the attached schemes

* Breakers plastic material of UV rays and non-flammable* Ambient temperature: -10Cْ + 45Cْ* Installation altitude: up to 2000m

The surge arrester selection is made according to the overload risk level or atmosphere activity, named B, C or D (from high to low risk level).The company offers the following models of arresters:Model SPD – Bxxxx – for systems with exceptionally high risk level. Mounted mainly in the beginning of the installation or in the main panel.Model SPD – Cxxxx – for systems with high or average risk level. Mounted in the beginning of the installation or before the breaker.Model SPD – Dxxxx – for systems with low risk level. Suitable for secondary protection of consumers in combination with SPD – Bxxxx/SPD – Cxxxx

Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN61 643-1 EN 61 643-1



Surge arresters SPD typewww.elmarkgroup.eu

B4

45

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Catalogue numberType of the arrester

Type of the arrester

Type of the arrester

voltage from lightning

main distribution

panel machine panel mono phase

consumer

thre

e ph

ase

cons

umer

power discharge during the time

SPD-D/5


Surge arresters SPD type

B4

46

SPD-D5/1p

SPD-C10/1p

SPD-C20/1p

SPD-B40/1p

In (kA) Imax (kA) Uc (V) Up (kV)

5

10

20

40

10

20

40

60

275

275

275

275

1.2

1.2

1.8

2

64101

64102

64103

64104

Package / Box( pcs)

17 / 170

17 / 170

17 / 170

17 / 170

SPD-D5/1pN

SPD-C10/1pN

SPD-C20/1pN

SPD-B40/1pN


5

10

20

40

10

20

40

60

275

275

275

275

1.2

1.2

1.8

2

64201

64202

64203

64204

8 / 80

8 / 80

8 / 80

8 / 80

Package / Box( pcs)Catalogue number

SPD-D5/3p

SPD-C10/3p

SPD-C20/3p

SPD-B40/3p

64301

64302

64303

64304


5

10

20

40

10

20

40

60

440

440

440

440

1.2

1.2

1.8

2

5 / 50

5 / 50

5 / 50

5 / 50

Package / Box( pcs)Type of the arrester Catalogue number

SPD-D5/3pN

SPD-C10/3pN

SPD-C20/3pN

SPD-B40/3pN

64401

64402

64403

64404


5

10

20

40

10

20

40

60

440

440

440

440

1.2

1.2

1.8

2

4 / 40

4 / 40

4 / 40

4 / 40

Package / Box( pcs)Catalogue number

Package / Box( pcs )

1 / 1001 / 1001 / 1001 / 1001 / 1001 / 1001 / 100

Contactors

Low voltage contactors LT 1-K

The LT 1-K contactors are specially designed to control alternating current circuits with low power of the consumers and rated current up to 6A.Functions: - switching on/off heavy-loaded electrical circuits at controlling signal to the coil- making of control systems- used as an operating element in process control panels- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- reliable separation of power contactorsTechnical data:

* Operation class: AC 3 * Rated operating voltage of power contactors: up to 690V; 50/60Hz* Surge voltage wear resistance: >8000V* Rated voltage of the coil: from 12 to 400V AC* Limits of the coil controlling voltage: from 0.8 to 1.15 Uc* Joining terminal: screw terminal* Connecting:

2- flexible conductors with or without cable terminal up to 4mm- rigid conductors

* Terminal tightening moment: up to1.3N,m* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles): ≥1000000* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥10000000* Mounting:

- on DIN-rail or- with bolts to the surface- mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum 5ْ

* Plastic: wear resistance of UV rays and non-flammable (self-extinguishing material)* Ambient temperature: -10Cْ + 45Cْ* Installation altitude: up to 2000m

Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60947-1 EN 60 947-4-1


Rated current in AC-3 440V up to

6 А

220V 230V

380V 400V

660V690V415V 440V

Rated capacitykW

1.5 2.2 2.2 2.2 3

Type number

LT1 - K0610

Voltage (V)coil

Catalogue number

23040012243648

110

23061230622306323064230652306623067

www.elmarkgroup.eu

C1

47

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Contactors

Low voltage contactors LT 1 - D

BASE

STATIC MAGNETIC CORE

COIL

REVERSE SPRING

MOVABLE MAGNETIC CORE

MOVABLE CONTACTS

LID

STATIC CONTACTS

AUXILIARY CONTACT

SCREWS

C2

48

LT 1 D contactors are alternating current contactors for control of circuits and consumers operating in class AC3. It is suitable for consumers with rated current up to 95A. The contactors are offered in a type with 1 NO contact for operating circuit making and the models over 40A also have 1NC operating contactor.

Functions: - switching on/off heavy-loaded electrical circuits at controlling signal to the coil- making of control systems- used as an operating element in process control panels- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- reliable separation of power contactors- secured cover of the movable part of the contactorTechnical data:

* Operation class: AC 3 * Rated operating voltage of power contactors: up to 690V; 50/60Hz* Composition of the power contact surfaces: unalloyed copper with coating 80% AgSnO* Surge voltage wear resistance: >8000V* Rated voltage of the coil: from 12 to 400V AC* Limits of the controlling coil voltage: from 0.8 to 1.15 Uc* Joining terminal: screw terminal* Connecting:

- flexible conductors with or without cable terminal- rigid conductors

* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥1000000* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥10000000* Number of cycles per hour: 1200 UP TO 32A; 600 for 40-95A* Pole leaking power: up to 13W* Mounting:

- on DIN-rail or- with bolts to the surface- mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum± 5°

* Plastic: wear resistance of UV rays and non-flammable (self-extinguishing material)* Ambient temperature: -10Cْ + 60 ْC* Altitude: up to 2000m

Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60947-1 EN 60 947-4-1The breakers are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.

C

B

a

A

B

ô

LT1-D 09~32

C

B

Aa

B

LT1-D 40~95

Type Аmax Bmax Cmax

LT-D09~12

LT1D18

LT1D25

LT1D32

LT1-D40~65

LT1-D80~95

47

47

57

57

77

87

76

76

86

86

129

129

82

87

95

100

116

127

a b

34/35

34/35

40

40

40

40

50/60

50/60

48

48

100/110

100/110

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

6.5

6.5

Type

LT-D09~12

LT1D18

LT1D25

LT1D32

LT1-D40~65

LT1-D80~95

Contactors

Low voltage contactors LT 1 - Dwww.elmarkgroup.eu

C2

49

Rated current in AC-3 440V to up

Coil voltage (V)

Cataloguenumber


conductor

Tighteningmoment (N.m)

Rated capacity (kW)

Type number

Coil capacity (VA)


Coil voltage (V)

Cataloguenumber


conductor


Rated capacity (kW)

Type number

Coil capacity (VA)


Coil voltage (V)

Cataloguenumber


conductor


Rated capacity (kW)

Type number

Coil capacity (VA)

www.elmarkgroup.eu

9 А

220V 230V

380V 400V

660V690V415V 440V

2.2 4 4 4 5.5

LT1 - D0910auxiliary contact

1NO

23040012243648

110

23091230922309323094230952309623097

closed open

7 60 1.7 4

Contactors

Low voltage contactors LT 1 – D

C2

50

9 А

220V 230V

380V 400V

660V690V415V 440V


1NC 7 60 1.7 42.2 4 4 4 5.5

23040012243648

110

23273232702327123272232772327823279


Coil voltage (V)

Cataloguenumber


conductor


Rated capacity (kW)

Type number

Coil capacity (VA)

12 А

220V 230V

380V 400V

660V690V415V 440V


1NO

23040012243648

110

23121231222312323124231252312623127

7 60 1.7 43 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5


Coil voltage (V)

Cataloguenumber


conductor


Rated capacity (kW)

Type number

Coil capacity (VA)

12 А

220V 230V

380V 400V

660V690V415V 440V


1NC 7 60 1.7 43 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5

23040012243648

110

23274232802328123282232832328423285


Coil voltage (V)

Cataloguenumber


conductor


Rated capacity (kW)

Type number

Coil capacity (VA)

18 А

220V 230V

380V 400V

660V690V415V 440V


1NO

23040012243648

110

23181231822318323184231852318623187

7 60 1.7 64 7.5 9 9 10


Coil voltage (V)

Cataloguenumber


conductor


Rated capacity (kW)

Type number

Coil capacity (VA)

18 А

220V 230V

380V 400V

660V690V415V 440V


1NC 7 60 1.7 64 7.5 9 9 10

23040012243648

110

23275232862328723288232892329023291

25 А

220V 230V

380V 400V

660V690V415V 440V


1NO

23040012243648

110

23251232522325323254232552325623257

7.5 90 2.5 65.5 11 11 11 15

closed open

closed open

closed open

closed open

closed open

closed open

Package/Box

1 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 50

Package/Box

1 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 50

Package/Box

1 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 50

Package/Box

1 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 50

Package/Box

1 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 50

Package/Box

1 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 50

Package/Box

1 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 50


Coil voltage (V)

Cataloguenumber


conductor


Rated capacity (kW)

Type number

Coil capacity (VA)

Contactors

Low voltage contactors LT 1- Dwww.elmarkgroup.eu

C2

51

95 А

220V 230V

380V 400V

660V690V415V 440V


1NO+1NC

23040012243648

110

23951239522395323954239552395623957

20 200 9 5025 45 45 45 45


Coil voltage (V)

Cataloguenumber


conductor


Rated capacity (kW)

Type number

Coil capacity (VA)

80 А

220V 230V

380V 400V

660V690V415V 440V


1NO+1NC

23040012243648

110

23801238022380323804238052380623807

20 200 9 5022 37 45 45 45


Coil voltage (V)

Cataloguenumber


conductor


Rated capacity (kW)

Type number

Coil capacity (VA)

65 А

220V 230V

380V 400V

660V690V415V 440V


1NO+1NC

23040012243648

110

23651236522365323654236552365623657

20 200 5 2518.5 30 37 37 37


Coil voltage (V)

Cataloguenumber


conductor


Rated capacity (kW)

Type number

Coil capacity (VA)

50 А

220V 230V

380V 400V

660V690V415V 440V


1NO+1NC

23040012243648

110

23501235022350323504235052350623507

20 200 5 2515 22 25 25 33


Coil voltage (V)

Cataloguenumber


conductor


Rated capacity (kW)

Type number

Coil capacity (VA)

40 А

220V 230V

380V 400V

660V690V415V 440V


1NO+1NC

23040012243648

110

23401234022340323404234052340623407

20 200 5 1611 18.5 22 22 30


Coil voltage (V)

Cataloguenumber


conductor


Rated capacity (kW)

Type number

Coil capacity (VA)

32 А

220V 230V

380V 400V

660V690V415V 440V


1NO

23040012243648

110

23321233222332323324233252332623327

7.5 90 2.5 107.5 15 15 15 18.5


Coil voltage (V)

Cataloguenumber


conductor


Rated capacity (kW)

Type number

Coil capacity (VA)

25 А

220V 230V

380V 400V

660V690V415V 440V


1NC 7.5 90 2.5 65.5 11 11 11 15

23040012243648

110

23276232922329323294232952329623297

closed open

closed open

closed open

closed open

closed open

closed open

closed open

1 / 201 / 201 / 201 / 201 / 201 / 201 / 20

1 / 201 / 201 / 201 / 201 / 201 / 201 / 20

1 / 151 / 151 / 151 / 151 / 151 / 151 / 15

1 / 151 / 151 / 151 / 151 / 151 / 151 / 15

1 / 201 / 201 / 201 / 201 / 201 / 201 / 20

1 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 50

1 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 50

Package/Box( pcs )

Package/Box( pcs )

Package/Box( pcs )

Package/Box( pcs )

Package/Box( pcs )

Package/Box( pcs )

Package/Box( pcs )

www.elmarkgroup.eu

The contactors LT 1- F are alternating current contactors used to control circuits and consumers operating in normal working conditions with switching on /off the consumer and dirty working environment. They are suitable for consumers with electrical power consumption from 115A to 800A.Functions: - frequently switching on/off heavy-loaded electrical circuits at controlling signal to the coil- making of systems for consumers’ control- used as an operating element in process control panels- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- reliable separation of power contactors- secured cover of the movable part of the contactorTechnical data:

* Operation class: AC 3* Rated operating voltage of power contactors: up to 1000V; 50/60Hz* Composition of the power contact surfaces: unalloyed copper with coating 80% AgSnO* Surge voltage wear resistance: >8000V* Coil composition: pure coil copper QA-1 type* Magnetic core composition: steel alloy 360* Movable part composition: bakelite* Rated voltage of the coil: 230 and 400V AC* Limits of the controlling coil voltage: from 0.8 to 1.15 Uc* Joining terminal: screw terminal* Connecting:

- flexible conductors with or without cable terminal- rigid conductors- rail

* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥10000000* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥10000000* Number of cycles (switching on) per hour: 200* Pole leaking power: from 16 to 80W* Mounting:

- with bolts to the surface- mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum± 10°C

* Plastic: wear resistance of UV rays and non-flammable (self-extinguishing material)* Ambient temperature: -10°C + 60°C* Altitude: up to 2000m

Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60947-1 EN 60 947-4-1The breakers are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.

Type

LT 1 F150

LT 1 F225

LT 1 F265

LT 1 F400

LT 1 F630

LT 1 F800

a

163.5

168.5

201.5

213

309

309

b

170

197

203

206

304

304

c

171

181

181

219

255

255

L

107

113.5

141

145

155

155

M

150

172

178

182

264

264

Q

26

21

39

43

60

60

Q1

57.5

51.5

66.5

74

89

89

P

40

48

48

48

80

80

Dimensions (mm):


Motor rated capacity (kW)

Type number

Coil voltage (V)

Cataloguenumber


Coil capacity (VA)

LT1 - F400LT1 - F400

2375123752

LT1 - F630LT1 - F630

LT1 - F800LT1 - F800

220V 230V

380V 400V

660V690V415V 500V 440V 1000V

18

25

35

35

50

50

Note: At mounting the containers from the series in control schemes a distance must be provided at the side of the contactor in case of eventual coil change.

115 A

225 A

265 A

400 A

630 A

800 A

40 75 80 80 90 100 65LT1 - F150LT1 - F150

2377123772

2388123882

LT1 - F225LT1 - F225

LT1 - F265LT1 - F265

63 110 110 110 129 129 100

75 132 140 140 160 160 147

110 200 220 250 257 280 185

200 335 375 400 400 450 450

250 450 450 450 450 475 450

closed open

54

45

55

66

66

660

660

660

966

966

30 55 59 59 8059 60

150 A

LT1 - F115LT1 - F115

23040012243648

110

230400

230400

230400

Contactors

Low voltage contactors LT 1- F

C3

52

23040012243648

11023040012243648

11023040012243648

110

23111231122311323114231152311623117

231512315223153231542315523156231572386123862238632386423865238662386723261232622326323264232652326623267

Package / Box ( pcs )

1 / 4

1 / 4

1 / 2

1 / 2

1 / 1

1 / 1

1 / 1

The contactors LP1 D are alternating current contactors with constant current coil for control. The power plugs of the contactor are designed for control of alternating current circuits and consumers operating in normal operating class AC-3 with frequently switching on/off the consumer and dirty working environment. The contactors are suitable for consumers with electrical power consumption from 9A to 95A.Functions: - switching on/off alternating current consumers in direct current controlling schemes at controlling signal to the coil- making of systems for consumers’ control- used as an operating element in process control panels- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- reliable separation of power contacts- secured cover of the movable part of the contactorTechnical data:

* Rated operating voltage of the controlling coil: from 12V DC to 220V DC* Rated operating voltage of the power circuit: up to 690V DC* insulation voltage: 690V* Surge voltage wear resistance: >8000V* Limits of the controlling coil voltage: from 0.8 to 1.15 Uc* Joining terminal: screw terminal* Connecting:


* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥10000000* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥10000000* Number of cycles per hour: 1200 up to 32A; 600 for 40-95A* Pole leaking power: up to 13W* Mounting:

- on DIN-rail or- with bolts to the surface- mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum± 5ْ

* Plastic: wear resistance of UV rays and non-flammable (self-extinguishing material)* Ambient temperature: -10 ْC + 60 ْC* Altitude: up to 2000m

Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN60947-1 EN 60947-4-1

The products are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.

Dimensions:

Type C (mm)

a(mm)

LP 1 D0910

LP 1 D1210

LP 1 D1810

LP 1 D2510

LP 1 D3210

LP 1 D4011

LP 1 D5011

LP 1 D6511

LP 1 D9511

95

95

95

101

101

176

176

176

182

34/35

34/35

34/35

40

40

40

40

40

40

B max(mm)

b(mm.)

50/60

50/60

50

50

50

100

100

100

100

A max (mm)

47

47

47

57

57

77

77

77

87

76

76

76

86

86

129

129

129

129

C

B

a

A

B

ô

LP1-D 09~32

C

B

Aa

B

LP1-D 40~95

5.57.51015

18.53033374580

100129

Rated capacity of the consumer(kW)

2.234

5.57.51115

18.525304063

230V 400V 415V 440V 690V

45.57.51115

18.52230455575110

45.57.51115

18.52230455980110

45.57.51115

18.52230455980110

Catalogue number according to the coil voltage (V DC)

12 24 36 48 110 230

230982312823188232582332823408235082365823958231182315823228

231302313123132231332313423135231362313723138239142391523916

239712397223973239742397523976239772397823979239172391823919

239802398123982239832398423985239862398723988239892399023994

231392314023141231422314323144231452314623147231482314923201

239622396323964239252396623967239682396923970239112391223913

Type

LP 1 D0910LP 1 D1210LP 1 D1810LP 1 D2510LP 1 D3210LP 1 D4011LP 1 D5011LP 1 D6511LP 1 D9511

LP 1 F115LP 1 F150LP 1 F225

Rated current

(А)

91218253240506595

115150225

Contactors

Low voltage contactors with direct current coil LP 1-D

Auxiliarycontact(pcs.)

1NO1NO1NO1NO1NO

1NO+1NC1NO+1NC1NO+1NC1NO+1NC

1NO1NO1NO

www.elmarkgroup.eu

C4

53

www.elmarkgroup.eu

The AC contactors CJ19-43 are specially designed electrical devices for commutation of three phase capacitors used for power correction. They are alternating current contactor LT1 Dxx with mounted a group for peak current lowering from the transitional process of the capacitor’s switching on/off. This group is a combination of current limiting resistors, switched on in the beginning of the transitional process (switching on/off of the capacitor group).The contactors are suitable for capacitors with rate up to 50 kVAr.Functions: - switching on/off of capacitors for reactive power compensation - making of systems for compensation of the energy reactive component- lowering of the peak transitional currents at switching on/off of the capacitor - remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- reliable separation of power contacts- secured part of the contactor against consumer contactTechnical data:

* Operation class: AC 6* Rated operating voltage of the controlling coil: 230V AC; 50/60Hz* Rated operating voltage of the power circuit: up to 690V AC* insulation voltage: 690V* Surge voltage wear resistance: >8000V* Limits of the controlling coil voltage: from 0.8 to 1.15 Uc* Number of the contacts: 3 NO power contacts +1NO operative* Joining terminal: screw terminal* Connecting:


* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥300000* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥1000000* Number of cycles (switching on) per hour: up to 600 * Pole leaking power: up to 13W* Mounting:



Typenumber

Rated capacityof the consumer (kVAr)

Rated current(A)

Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN60947-1 EN 60947-4-1


Dimensions

Contactors

AC contactor for switching on of capacitors CJ19-43

C5

54

C (mm)

D(mm)

CJ19-32 DPKCJ19-40 DPKCJ19-65 DPKCJ19-95 DPK

130180200200

150150157157

B (mm)

A (mm)

74127127127

56758585

CJ19- DPK

CJ19- DPK

CJ19- DPK

CJ19- DPK CJ19- DPK CJ19- DPK

32CJ19-32 DPK

40CJ19-40 DPK CJ19-65 DPK

65CJ19-95 DPKCJ19-95 DPK

115150170

230400230400230400230400230230230

2393223910239002394023961239652390923995239912399223993

88

12.512.5

25253030354050

3232404065659595

115150170

12.512.5

151530303636405060

400/415V 690V


1/201/201/161/161/161/161/161/161/41/41/4

Type

Coil voltage

(V)

Catalogue number

LT 4-Dxx series contactors are specially designed electromagnetic devices for commutation of three phase induction motor with reversing controlling scheme. They represent two alternating current contactors LT 4-Dxx series factory mechanically joined together. The mechanical joining also provides locking of the contactors against simultaneous switching on. The contactor is used for reverse control of induction motors with shortly joined rotor.The contactors from the series are offered for consumers up to 95A.Functions: - switching on of electrical motors in one direction of rotation and reversing of the rotation direction at outside command- making of control systems- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- reliable switching on or separation of power contacts- secured part of the contactors against consumer contact- secured cover of the movable part of the contactor- impossibility for simultaneous switching on of the two contactors from the group due to mechanical lockingTechnical data:

* Operation class: AC 3* Rated operating voltage of the controlling coil: 230V AC; 50/60 Hz* Rated operating voltage of the power circuit: up to 690V AC* insulation voltage: 690V* Surge voltage wear resistance: >8000V* Limits of the controlling coil voltage: from 0.8 to 1.15 Uc* Number of plugs: 3 NO power contacts +1NO operative (for contactors over 40A there is also additional 1NC

contact)* Joining terminal: screw terminal* Connecting:


Note: The contactors are offered without fabric cabling * Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥1 000 000* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥10 000 000* Number of cycles (switching on) per hour: up to 600* Pole leaking power: up to 13W* Mounting:



Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN60947-1, EN 60947-4-1


Dimensions

Typenumber

C (mm)

LT 4 - D1810

LT 4 - D2510

LT 4 - D3210

LT 4 - D4011

LT 4 - D6511

LT 4 - D9511

83

98

105

142

142

158

B (mm)

A (mm)

77

85

91

91

127

127

90

90

90

165

182

182

Contactors

Reverse contactors LT 4-Dxxwww.elmarkgroup.eu

C6

55

Typenumber

Catalogue number

LT 4 D1810

LT 4 D2510

LT 4 D3210

LT 4 D4011

LT 4 D6511

LT 4 D9511

10

15

18.5

30

37

45

23301

23302

23303

23304

23305

23306

Rated capacity of the consumer(kW)

Rated current(A)

18

25

32

40

65

95

4

5.5

7.5

11

18.5

25

230V 400V 415V 440V 690V

7.5

11

15

18.5

30

45

7.5

11

15

18.5

30

45

7.5

11

15

18.5

30

45

Box / Carton(pcs)

1 / 20

1 / 20

1 / 20

1 / 8

1 / 8

1 / 6

www.elmarkgroup.eu

C7

56

2NC NO+NC 2NO 2NO+2NC 4NO 4NC NO+NC 2NO+2NC

LT01-DN02 LT01-DN11 LT01-DN20 LT01-DN22 LT01-DN40 LT01-DN04 LT01-KN11 LA1-KN22

23002 23011 23020 23022 23040 23004 23001 23003

LT01-DN20 LT01-DN22 LT01-DN40 LT01-DN04 LT01-KN11 LA1-KN22

Auxiliary contacts LT03-DN11Providing on necessity additional number of plug points and are mounted sideward to the movable part of the magnetic cores of contactors of the series LT1 D. Variants with two additional plug points NO and NC are offered. Functions:

- expanding the number of the operational plug points - switching on simultaneously with the rest of the contact system

of the contactor Technical characteristics:

* Environment operational regime: АС 3* Insulation voltage: 690V* Double connector: screw connector * Connection:

- flexible conductors with or without cable end - solid conductors

* Mounting method: - mounting position – sideward to the contactor

* Plastic: resistant to UV and non-burning (self-extinguishing material)

Catalogue №23311

Auxiliary contacts At necessity the element provide auxiliary number of contacts. They are specially designed for mounting on the movable part of the magnetic core of the contactors LT 1K/D series.Functions:- extending the number of the operative contactors up to 4 in different Combinations- switches on simultaneously with the other contact system of the contactor

Technical data:* Operation class: AC 3* insulation voltage: 690V* Joining terminal: screw terminal* Connecting:


* Mounting:- on the movable cover of the contactor through pinching - mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum± 5ْ

* Plastic: wear resistance of UV rays and non-flammable (self-extinguishing material)

Time delay contact block LT02-DxxLT02-Dxx is designed to set time intervals from 0.1 to 180s in different control schemes. It is used most frequently in combination with contactors from LT1-Dxx series to form “star/delta” starters for electrical motor control, as it provides the necessary time for motor winding.

Type

Number ofcontacts

Cataloguenumber

Contactors

Auxiliary contact blocks

Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60 947-4-1


N0+NC N0+NC N0+NC

LТ02-DT0 LТ02-DT2 LТ02-DT4

0.1~3s

23901

0.1~30s 10~180s

23902 23903

Type

Number ofcontacts

Time delay

Catalogue number

À1

À2

1 3

2 4

2NO

À1

À2

1 3

2 4

NO+NC

À1

À2

1 3

2 4

2NC

À1

À2

1 3

2 4

4NO

5 7

6 8

20A

20A

20A

40A

40A

230V

230V

230V

230V

230V

2NO

NO+NC

2NC

2NO+2NC

4NO

In

K20

K20

K20

K40

K40

23008

23007

23009

23422

23409

K40

www.elmarkgroup.eu

C8

57

27.5

Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60669-2-3The products are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.

Modular contactors K series are used for commutation of mono-phase and three-phase low power electrical consumers. They provide connection between the consumers in small overall dimensions, silent work, mounting only at DIN-rails.

Functions: - switching on of consumers- making of control systems- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- reliable switching on or separation of power contacts

Technical data:* Operation class: AC 3* Rated operating voltage of the controlling coil: 230V AC; 50/60 Hz* Rated operating voltage of the power circuit: up to 690V AC* insulation voltage: 690V* Surge voltage wear resistance: >8000V* Joining terminal: screw terminal* Connecting:


* Mounting:- on DIN-rail or- mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum± 5°

* Plastic: wear resistance of UV rays and non-flammable (self-extinguishing material)* Ambient temperature: -10°C + 60°C* Altitude: up to 2000m

Module contactors K series

Contactors

Type Contacts Cataloguenumber

Coil voltage (V)

K20

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Complex compensating devices

The use of electrical energy in industry is invariably connected with its transformation. The development of semi-

conductor elements and the broader coming of semi-conductor transformers, frequency control, welding machines and

electrical arc furnaces in industrial projects have a negative impact over the electrical power quality in the electro

distributing systems. Induction machines need reactive energy to create electromagnetic field. The reactive component of

current is taken from the electro distributing systems but it leads to additional losses in the power supply system and

makes shorter the exploitation term of electrical devices. This leads to curving of the sinusoid form of current and voltage

and interferences with harmonic character. Compensating the reactive power means to fill up the system in such a way

that the needed reactive power to be created from the compensating device instead of being taken from the electro

transportation system. This leads to killing the voltage fall and cable losses and increasing the outlet power of the power

transporters and cutting down the bills for overconsumption of reactive energy paid by consumers to the electricity supply

company. In practice compensating the reactive energy and high harmonics through LC filters combined in compensating

installations has the broadest spreading.

There are several types of compensation according to their location:

* individual compensation – when to every single motor or consumer is mounted a compensating system. It is applied

to powerful motors and transformers with fixed capacity.

* installation compensation – when the consumers from the whole section (workshop) are grouped and compensation

is accomplished for the whole section.

* overall compensation – accomplished at full compensation in the inlet of the installation.

According to the type of the compensating devices compensation can be:

* passive – when the system supplies constant reactive power. In this case the system does not react to changes in

the size and nature of the harmonic components and also to the per cent increase of the reactive energy in time.

* active – broader spread. The system controls the form of the consumed current and generates different capacity

depending on the load changes.

When designing the electro distributing system of industrial projects the following tasks are taken into consideration:

* defining the factor of non-sinusoid of the consumers and the voltage harmonic components

* defining the additional loading of the capacitor batteries from the harmonic components and calculating the filtering

elements if needed

The calculation of the compensating device capacity is done by reading the reactive energy of the system and the

working time of the system. Compensating devices represent a device of one or several metal boxes with common rail

system, automatic regulator for cosφ control RPSF-xx series, different number of capacitor batteries (according to the

capacity of the device) with different capacity HY 111 series, contactors for capacitor batteries control CJ 19-43 series,

protective elements, etc.

The broadest spreading of compensation has acquired the compensation of harmonics and reactive energy with

capacitors for high voltage. Capacitors HY 111 series are voltage remeasured and are able to endure overload from

harmonic components up to 7% from the basic harmonics. They are used in systems with high harmonics foul up to 25%.

The high harmonics composition is defined after measuring the influence rate of each separate harmonics compared to

the first one. In Bulgaria mostly spread are 5, 7, 9, 11 and 13 harmonics. The capacitors are remeasured for voltage 415V

and are normally mounted right in the compensation systems.

When the high harmonics are over 25% the system is taken to be foul and in this case except using capacitors, filters

for leveling the harmonics are to be used as well. These filters are calculated on the basis of the corresponding voltage

harmonics and differ for the different harmonics. They are calculated using complex mathematical programme which

reads the foul rate, the significance per cent of the voltage harmonic component, etc.

Capacity coefficient compensation

Complex compensating devices

D1

58


Capacitor batteries and cosφ regulator

Capacitor batteries for reactive energy compensation

Capacitor batteries HY 111 series are specially designed three phase dry capacitors for compensation of reactive energy and correction of the capacity factor. It represents an aluminum cylindrical body in which a metal polypropylene folio is mounted which does not require special impregnation. The permittivity characteristics are acquired through filling with a special mixture on a vegetable base (resins). The capacitor battery is constructed in such a way that at failure (overload from voltage, current or temperature) breaks the connection to the upper cover where are the connections to the power supply. This is done by a specially constructed valve for overpressure mounted right above the capacitor element.The breaking of the inner couplings provides protection to the staff and environment from damage due to capacitor element failure. There is a three phase capacitor in the cylindrical body with built in resistor for rarefying the capacitors.The capacitor battery can be used both for passive and active compensation.

Technical data:* Rated operating voltage: 415V; 50Hz* insulation voltage: 690V* Surge voltage wear resistance: 6kV per minute* Capacity: from 8 to 30 kVAr at 415V* Tolerance: ±5%* Operating temperature: -40 - +55Cْ* Capacity losses: 0.5W/kVAr* Built in discharging resistance* Admissible current overload: twice as much the peak current* Discharge time: <50V per minute* Altitude: 2000m

Mounting: * With bolt M12 to a flat horizontal base

Type of the battery Operating voltage (V)

Battery capacity (kVAr)

Catalogue number

HY 111A8HY 111A12HY 111A15HY 111A20HY 111A30

440440440440440

812.5152030

4900849012490154902049030

Controller for automatic regulation of the capacity factor (cosφ regulator)

The automatic regulators of the capacity factor RPCF-xx series are devices for monitoring of low voltage systems and control of switching on of capacitor batteries for the capacity factor compensation. There is possibility for adjustment of the system parameters and control. Manufactured by the latest CMOS technology, they are distinguished with high degree of data security, easy programming and secure control of the outlets. There is possibility for indication and setting the parameters of the power supply system as: capacity coefficient, display of the system parameters such as voltage, current and capacity, losses, protection against overload, overload indication or lack of voltage, etc. The change of parameters is performed through a combination of buttons on the front panel. There is light diode to indicate which parameter is being displayed on the screen and which outlets are in operation. The display is four digital. There is possibility for choice of the working conditions: manual or automatic.

Technical data:* Rated operating voltage: 230/400V* Operating frequency: 45 – 65Hz

* insulation voltage: 690V* Surge voltage wear resistance: 6kV per minute* Measurement range: from 0 to 9999kVAr* Measurement accurateness:

- voltage: ±1.0%- current: ±1.0%- capacity coefficient: ±1.0%- reactive energy: ±2.0%

* Operating temperature: -10-+55°C* Humidity: 30 – 60%* Display: 4 digital* Responsiveness: 20mA* Outlet: 7A* Number of outlets: 12 and 16* Altitude: up to 2500m

Mounting: * Оn the front panel of the box through cutting an opening

Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60831-1 EN 60831-2

Type of the battery Operating voltage (V)

Battery capacity (kVAr)

Catalogue number

HY 111B12*HY 111B25*

690690

12.525

4903149032

Note: *Suitable for wind generators

Type

Number of steps

Catalogue number

HY-RPCF12 HY-RPCF16

12 16

49120 49160

www.elmarkgroup.eu

D2

59

www.elmarkgroup.eu

L5

L7

L9

L11

L13

-32.741x10-31.398x10-48.42x10-45.663x10-44.055x10

-31.754x10-48.95x10-45.414x10-43.625x10-42.595x10

-31.462x10-47.459x10-44.512x10-43.02x10-42.163x10

-31.096x10-45.594x10-43.384x10-42.265x10-41.622x10

-48.771x10-44.475x10-42.707x10-41.812x10-41.298x10

-47.309x10-43.729x10-42.256x10-41.51x10-41.081x10

550

1140

1730

356

450

600

49225

49450

49600

W(mm)

225

450

600

CXF550/356/225

CXF1140/450/450

CXF1730/600/600

D3

60

On the basis of its production experience ELMARK offers filters for harmonics of seventh harmonic, which are

presented in table 2

Inductivity for seven harmonic

(H)


Filters for harmonics and metal boxes

Filters for harmonics

In the cases when the standard given in EN 50160 is not kept it is necessary to use a filtering system made of a capacitor battery and connected to it inductivity in series. The parameters of the filtering element are defined according to the rate of the given harmonics and are different for each one. The theoretical parameters of the filtering inductivity for the given capacitor batteries for voltage 415V are presented in table 1.

Note: At order we define the practical parameters of the filtering elements for each capacitor system in order to improve the capacity factor and minimize the consumed active and reactive energy in harmonics one.

Harmonics inductivity (H)

Battery8kVAr

Battery12kVAr

Battery15 kVAr

Battery 20kVAr

Battery25kVAr

Battery 30kVAr

Table 1

Battery8kVAr

Battery12kVAr

Battery15 kVAr

Battery 20kVAr

Battery25kVAr

Battery 30kVAr

Metal boards for making of systems for capacity factor correction

Metal boards for capacitor batteries mounting made of specially processed sheet iron with protective surface. A fan is mounted to provide temperature conditions. There is possibility a breaker to be mounted on the door. The device is protected against indirect contact to the current leading elements. It is mounted directly on the walls or floor, as at mounting on a wall it is fixed with screws to the surface. It necessary to provide enough distance for cooling of the board.

Technical data:* Rated voltage: 400V; 50Hz* insulation voltage: 690V* Surge voltage wear resistance: 6kVm* Operating temperature: -5-+55Cْ* Maximum overloading current: 1.3xIn* Surface: zinc passivation * Colour: RAL 7032 * Altitude: up to 2500m

Mounting: * on vertical or horizontal surfaces

Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60439-1 EN 60439-2

Catalogue numberL(mm)

H(mm)

Type

Note: The boards are supplied with a cooling fan

Dimensions

Catalogue number 4971249708 49715 49720 49725 49730

Devices for control and protection of electrical motors

Thermal relaysThe thermal relays LT 2- K/Exx series are devices designed for protection of induction motors from overload or overheat. They are mounted to contactors LT 1 K/Dxx series and an operating circuit for motor control is passed through their NC contacts. The operation of these devices is based on the curving of bimetal plates mounted in the thermal relay caused by the current passing through them. When the current to the consumer gets higher due to failure, the thermal current gets higher which leads to additional curving of the bimetal plates and at getting above the limit value for the plate it pushes the breaking mechanism and breaks the operating circuit.The choice of a suitable protection prevents motor’s operation at unusual temperature conditions and guarantees maximum constant operation, increases the effectiveness and prolongs the term of exploitation. Functions: - switching off alternating current consumers at current overload- making of control systems for consumers- used as a protective operating element in control panels of induction motors - remarkable with high reliability of current characteristicsTechnical data:

* Rated operating voltage: up to 690V AC; 50/60 Hz* Rated operating current range: up to 690V AC* insulation voltage: >690V* Surge voltage wear resistance:≥6000V* Joining terminal: screw terminal* Connecting:

- flexible or rigid conductors with or without cable terminal for joining to the consumer- to the contactor through the relay terminals- the connecting terminals with the consumer can be adjusted according to the type of the contactor

* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥1000000* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥10000000* Indication for protection activating* Possibility for choice of the protection restoring (through the blue button)* Possibility for range adjustment of the protection activating * Possibility for operation at higher frequency* Mounting:

- mounting to the contactor: to the terminals of the contactor as it is additionally clamped to its frame through a pin - mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum± 5ْ

* Plastic: wear resistance of UV rays and non-flammable (self-extinguishing material)* Ambient temperature: -10Cْ + 60 ْC* Installation altitude: up to 2000m

Note: To protect the consumer from short circuit, before the combination contactor- thermal relay, a suitably measured breaker or safety device should be mounted.

Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60947-1EN 60947-4-1The products are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.

Type c (mm)

LT 2 - Kxx

LT 2 - E13xx

LT 2 - E23xx

LT 2 - E33xx

0

10.7

9

9.5

b(mm)

a (mm)

81

86

86

115

50

55

55

76

98

108

109

124

m(mm)

92

92

92

109

44

44

44

70

17

17

17

30

47

47

47

54

x(mm)

y(mm)

v(mm)

z(mm)

Dimensions

2h

1h40 mm

20 mm

10 mm

4 mm

2 mm

1 mm

40 s

20 s

10 s

4 s

2 s

1 s

0.8 s

0.8 1 2 4 6 10 17 20

hour

x value (Ir)

Thermal relayswww.elmarkgroup.eu

E1

61

Connecting scheme

LT 2 Exx control

buttons

1 / 100

1 / 100

1 / 100

1 / 100

1 / 100

1 / 100

1 / 100

1 / 100

1 / 100

1 / 100

1 / 100

1 / 100

1 / 100

1 / 100

1 / 100

1 / 100

1 / 100

www.elmarkgroup.eu

0.160.250.400.63

11.62.546810131825

0.10 - 0.160.16 - 0.250.25 - 0.400.40 - 0.630.63 - 1.01.0 - 1.61.6 - 2.52.5 - 44 - 6

5.5 - 87 - 109 - 1312 - 1817 - 25

1340113402134031340413405134061340713408134101341113412134131341413415

220V 380V 660V230V 400V 690V

------

0.370.751.11.12.23.74

5.5

-----

0.370.751.52.22.24

5.57.57.5

---

0.370.551.11.5344

7.5111515

LT2-K0301LT2-K0302LT2-K0303LT2-K0304LT2-K0305LT2-K0306LT2-K0307LT2-K0308LT2-K0310LT2-K0312LT2-K0314LT2-K0316LT2-K0321LT2-K0322

LT2-E1301

LT2-E1302

LT2-E1303

LT2-E1304

LT2-E1305

LT2-E1306

LT2-E1307

LT2-E1308

LT2-E1310

LT2-E1312

LT2-E1314

LT2-E1316

LT2-E1321

LT2-E1322

LT2-E1353

0.16

0.25

0.40

0.63

1.0

1.6

2.5

4.0

6.0

8.0

10.0

13.0

18.0

25.0

33.0

0.10 - 0.16

0.16 - 0.25

0.25 - 0.40

0.40 - 0.63

0.63 - 1.0

1.0 - 1.6

1.6 - 2.5

2.5 - 4.0

4.0 - 6.0

5.5 - 8.0

7.0 - 10.0

9.0 - 13.0

12.0 - 18.0

17.0 - 25.0

23.0 - 32.0

13001

13002

13003

13004

13005

13006

13007

13008

13010

13012

13014

13016

13021

13022

13053

220V 380V 660V230V 400V 690V

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.37

0.75

1.1

2

2.2

3.7

4

5.5

11

-

-

-

-

-

0.37

0.75

1.5

2.2

3.7

4

5.5

7.5

9

11

-

-

-

0.37

0.55

1.1

1.5

3

4

5.5

7.5

11

15

18.5

18.5

LT2-E2353

LT2-E2355

32

36

13253

13255

23.0 - 32.0

28.0 - 36.0

11

15

11

15

18.5

22

380V 660V

400V 440V 690V

LT2-E3355

LT2-E3357

LT2-E3359

LT2-E3363

LT2-E3365

40

50

65

80

93

30.0 - 40.0

37.0 - 50.0

48.0 - 65.0

63.0 - 80.0

80.0 - 93.0

13355

13357

13359

13363

13365

380V 660V

400V 440V 690V

18.5

22

30

45

55

18.5

22

30

45

55

30

30

37

55

75

E1

62


1 / 1001 / 1001 / 1001 / 1001 / 1001 / 1001 / 1001 / 1001 / 1001 / 1001 / 1001 / 1001 / 1001 / 100

1 / 50

1 / 50

1 / 50

1 / 50

1 / 50


Thermal relays

Rated current(A)

Catalogue number

For contactor LT1-K06 type

Protection adjustment range

Motor capacity (kW)


Rated current(A)

Catalogue number


Motor capacity (kW)


Rated current(A)

Catalogue number


Motor capacity (kW)


Rated current(A)

Catalogue number


Motor capacity (kW)

For contactors from LT1-D09 to

LT1-D25 type

For contactor LT1-D32 type

For contactors from LT1-D40 to LT1-D95 type

The thermomagnetic automatic breakers TM 2-Exx series are devices designed for control and protection of induction motors from overload, overheat or short circuit. The overload motor protection is carried out by the built in the breaker thermal elements, and the short circuit protection is carried out by the magnetic elements. These magnetic elements allow the adjustment of the current leakage which is 13 times the maximum current of the thermal protection. The overload protection elements include automatic compensation for the ambient temperature changes. In combination with under voltage release the thermomagnetic breaker TM 2-Exx also provides protection of the motors from fall out of a phase from the power supply. The choice of a suitable protection prevents motor’s operation at unusual temperature conditions and guarantees maximum constant operation, increases the effectiveness and prolongs the term of exploitation.Functions: - switching off alternating current consumers at current overload- switching off the electrical circuit to the consumer at inlet short circuit- protects the motor at lack/lowering of the phase voltage (if there is under voltage release)- used as a protective operating element in control panels of induction motors - remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- possibility for change/choice of the protection current (according to the operating current of the motor)- automatic compensation of the ambient temperatureTechnical data:

* Rated operating voltage: up to 690V AC; 50/60 Hz* Rated operating current range: from 0.1 to 80A according to the type in table 1* insulation voltage: 690V* Surge voltage wear resistance:≥6000V* Joining terminal: screw terminal* Connecting:

- flexible or rigid conductors with or without cable terminal for joining to the consumer- to the contactor through the relay terminals- the connecting terminals with the consumer can be adjusted according to the type of the contactor

* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥1000000* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥10000000* Indication for protection activating* Switching on of the breaker manually with button “I” and switching off with button “O” manually or automatically at failure or after activating of the protection* Possibility for range adjustment of the protection activating * Possibility for operation at higher frequency* Possibility for independent operation or as an element of an automation system* Mounting:

- mounting to DIN-rail - mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum± 5ْ


OI 1

2

4

DimensionsUVR

Auxiliary contact


Thermomagnetic automatic breaker TM 2www.elmarkgroup.eu

E2

63

www.elmarkgroup.eu

0.1 - 0.16

0.16 - 0.25

0.25 - 0.40

0.40 - 0.63

0.63 - 1

1 - 1.6

1.6 - 2.5

2.5 - 4

4 - 6.3

6 - 10

9 - 14

13 - 18

17 - 23

20 - 25

24 - 32

25 - 40

40 - 63

56 - 80

220V 230V

400V 415V 690V440V 500V А А

TM2-E01

TM2-E02

TM2-E03

TM2-E04

TM2-E05

TM2-E06

TM2-E07

TM2-E08

TM2-E10

TM2-E14

TM2-E16

TM2-E20

TM2-E21

TM2-E22

TM2-E32

TM3-E40

TM3-E63

TM3-E80

0.16

0.25

0.40

0.63

1

1.6

2.5

4

6.3

9

13

17

21

23

24

32

50

64

-

-

0.06

-

0.09

0.18

0.37

0.55

1.1

1.5

2.2

4

5.5

5.5

7.5

11

15

22

-

0.06

0.09

0.12

0.25

0.37

0.75

1.1

2.2

3

5.5

7.5

9

11

15

18.5

30

40

-

0.06

0.09

0.18

0.25

0.37

0.75

1.5

2.2

4

5.5

7.5

11

11

15

22

33

45

-

-

-

-

0.37

0.37

1.1

1.5

3

4

7.5

9

11

15

18.5

25

40

55

-

-

-

0.37

0.55

0.75

1.5

2.2

4

5.5

9

15

18.5

22

22

33

55

63

48001

48002

48003

48004

48005

48006

48007

48008

48010

48014

48016

48020

48021

48022

48032

48040

48063

48080

1.5

2.4

5

8

13

22.5

33.5

51

78

138

170

223

327

327

416

480

550

665.5

E2

64

1 / 50

1 / 50

1 / 50

1 / 50

1 / 50

1 / 50

1 / 50

1 / 50

1 / 50

1 / 50

1 / 50

1 / 50

1 / 50

1 / 50

1 / 50

1 / 15

1 / 15

1 / 15


Thermomagnetic automatic breaker TM 2

Rated capacity of three-phase motor in AC-3 category

Thermal protection adjustment range

Thermal current Ithe TM2-E

Typenumber

Catalogue number

Magnetic segment current (A)

Package / Box ( pcs )

Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60947-1EN 60 947-2; EN 60947-4-1The products are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.

21 22

13 14

Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60529

Catalogue number 8083

Catalogue number 48912


Auxiliary devices for thermomagnetic automatic breaker TM 2

ТМ2 АN11ТМ3 АN11

4891148913


www.elmarkgroup.eu

E3

65

For increasing the effectiveness of the thermomagnetic breakers TM 2-Exx operation, they can be supplied with auxiliary devices, designed for widening the practice range and improving the technical characteristics of the breakers

Voltage release (VR) for TM 2The release is designed to switch off the thermomagnetic breaker when the controlling voltage falls under breaking level 0.55 to 0.7 UN and does not allow switching on of the breaker unless the voltage is over 0.85 Un. Functions: - switching off the breaker at power supply voltage fall under 0.55 – 0.7 Un- does not allow switching on of the breaker when the power supply voltage is under 0.85 Un - prevents unwarranted secondary start of the breaker at falling off and restoring of the power supply voltage- protects the motor at lack/lowering of the phase voltage - used as a protective operating element in control panels of induction motors - remarkable with high reliability of current characteristicsMounting:

* At the side of the breaker through special openings

Watertight box for TM 2-ESpecially designed plastic box with silicon screen for increasing the IP code from dust and moisture to IP 65

* Mounting: - mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum± 5ْ- mounted to horizontal surfaces (walls) with bolts- the breaker TM2 Exx is fixed inside of it on rail

* Plastic: wear resistance of UV rays and non-flammable (self-extinguishing material)

Auxiliary contact block TM2 AE11It is designed to switch on operational systems or signalization. Designed with one NO and one NC contact. It changes the position of its contacts according to the position of the breaker (switched on/off) to which it is mounted.

* Mounting: - laterally to a breaker TM2-Exx- up to 5 auxiliary contact blocks can be mounted


Auxiliary contact block TM2 AN11It is designed to switch on operational circuits or signalization. It is designed with one NO and one NC contact. It

changes the position of its contacts according to the position of the breaker (switched on/off) to which it is mounted. * Mounting:

- laterally to a breaker TM2-Exx - more than 5 auxiliary contact blocks can be mounted

* Plastic: wear resistance of UV rays and non-flammable (self-extinguishing material) * Ambient temperature: -10°C + 60°C * Altitude: up to 2000m

ТМ2 АU225ТМ3 АU385

4809948098

Voltage (V)

230400


www.elmarkgroup.eu

E4

66

1/L

1

2/L

2

3/L

3

KM 1

LT2-Exx

M

U V W

1/L1

KM 1=LT1- Dxx

KM 1

I

O

L2/N

14

1

3

96

9

5A

1 A

2

LT2-Exx

The electromagnetic starters LT 5 Dxx series are devices designed for remote control, direct control and protection of

induction motors or other electrical consumers. They are a combination of contactors LT 1 Dxx series and thermal

protection LT 2 Exx fabric cabled. The starters are offered on the market in metal or plastic boxes with the corresponding

IP code from dust and moisture. At mounting there should be provided protection of the device from short circuit through

breakers or disconnectors.

If necessary, at client’s order the fabric mounted thermal protection in the pneumatic starter can be substituted. The

choice of a suitable protection prevents motor’s operation at unusual temperature conditions and guarantees maximum

constant operation, increases the effectiveness and prolongs the term of exploitation.

Functions:

- switching on/off alternating current consumers

- does not allow secondary unwarranted switching on of the starter at transitory lowering of the voltage

- protects the motor from overload in the range of the corresponding thermal protection

- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics

Technical data:

* Rated voltage of the controlling voltage: 230/400V AC; 50/60 Hz

Note: In case you need different controlling coils voltage of the starters you can turn to our regional representatives.

* Rated operating voltage: 690V

* Rated operating current range: from 7 to 93 A AC

* insulation voltage: 690V

* Surge voltage wear resistance:≥6000V

* Joining terminal: screw terminal

* Little power consumption and small dimensions

* Connecting:

- flexible or rigid conductors with or without cable terminal for joining to the consumer and section according to the

motor power

- two by two inlets/outlets supplied with orifices for the cables

* Possibility for range adjustment of the protection activating

* IP code: IP 44

* Possibility for operation at higher frequency

* Mounting:

- mounting to a flat surface (wall) with bolts/screws

- mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum± 5ْ* Plastic: wear resistance of UV rays and non-flammable (self-extinguishing material)

* Metal corpus: corrosion-proof coating

* Ambient temperature: -10Cْ + 60 ْC* Altitude: up to 2000m

Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60947-1; EN 60947-4-1The products are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.

Starters for direct start


43401

43402

43651

43652

43951

43952

1 / 16

1 / 16

1 / 16

1 / 16

166

140

120

2 x PE13

2 x P

E13

2 x Æ5.5

150

88

142

135

185

2 x PE16

165

101

16

2 x Æ

5.5

PE

13

312

150

161

2 x PE29

195PE13

181

105

4 x Æ7.7

2.2

3

4

4

5.5

7.5

4

5.5

9

220V / 230V 380V / 400V 415V / 440V

9

12

18

7 .. 10A

9 .. 13A

12 .. 18A

230

400

230

400

230

400

43091

43092

43121

43122

43181

43182

LT5 D093

LT5 D123

LT5 D185

220V / 230V 380V / 400V 415V / 440V

11

15

11

15

25

32

17 .. 25A

23 .. 32A

230

400

230

400

43251

43252

43321

43322

LT5 D255

LT5 D325

5.5

7.5

220V / 230V 380V / 400V 415V / 440V

11

18.5

25

18.5

30

45

22

37

45

40

65

95

30 .. 40A

48 .. 65A

80 .. 93A

230

400

230

400

230

400

43401

43402

43651

43652

43951

43952

LT5 D405

LT5 D655

LT5 D955

www.elmarkgroup.eu

E4

67

1 / 16

1 / 16

1 / 16

1 / 16

1 / 16

1 / 16

Remark : Under request the thermal relay will be replaced


Starters for direct start

Rated current (A)

Type number

Thermal relay adjustment

range

Rated capacity of motors 50/60Hz AC-3 category

Catalogue number

Coil voltage(V)

Package/ Box

Rated current (A)

Type number


range


Catalogue number

Coil voltage(V)

Package/ Box

Rated current (A)

Type number


range


Catalogue number

Coil voltage(V)

Package/ Box



www.elmarkgroup.eu

The electromagnetic starters LT 3 Dxx series are devices designed for remote control, direct control and protection of induction motors coiled and operating according to a starter scheme “star/delta”. They are a combination of three contactors LT 1 Dxx series, time relay and a set of buttons “start” and “stop” fabric cabled. They provide the easy motor unwinding giving possibility for setting the time for unwinding in “star” as the time for switching between “star” and “delta” is fixed to 0.5 seconds.The starters are offered on the market in two types:- closed type – metal boxes providing the corresponding IP code from dust and moisture (IP 54) as at mounting there should be provided protection of the device from short circuit through breakers or disconnectors- open type – for mounting in distribution boxes as at mounting there should be provided protection of the device from short circuit through breakers or disconnectorsThe starters are offered on the market without mounted thermal protection which is purchased separately according to the motor capacity. The choice of a suitable protection prevents motor’s operation at unusual temperature conditions and guarantees maximum constant operation, increases the effectiveness and prolongs the term of exploitation.If necessary, at client’s order the power supply operating voltage of the pneumatic starter can be changed.Functions: - switching on/off alternating current three phase motors operating according to a scheme “star - delta”- does not allow secondary unwarranted switching on of the starter at transitory lowering of the voltage- protects the motor from overload in the range of the corresponding thermal protection- indication of the operating condition through a valve indicator- possibility for mounting of additional contacts (for the open type)- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristicsTechnical data:

* Rated voltage of the controlling voltage: 400V AC; 50/60 HzNote: In case you need different controlling coils voltage of the starters you can turn to our regional representatives.

* Rated operating voltage: 690V* Rated operating current range: from 7 to 93A AC* insulation voltage: >690V* Surge voltage wear resistance:≥6000V* Joining terminal: screw terminal* Little power consumption and small dimensions* Connecting:

- flexible or rigid conductors with or without cable terminal for joining to the consumer and section according to the motor power- three by three inlets/outlets supplied with orifices for the cables

* Possibility for operation at higher frequency* Mounting:

- mounting to a flat surface (wall) with bolts/screws- mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum± 5ْ

* Plastic: wear resistance of UV rays and non-flammable (self-extinguishing material)* The metal body is covered with corrosion-proof paint* Ambient temperature: -10Cْ + 60 ْC* Altitude: up to 2000m

Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60947-1EN 60947-4-1The products are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.

R S T

1 3 5 1 3 5 1 3 5

K2 K3 K1

2 4 6 2 4 6 2 4 6

U1 V1 W1

U2 V2 W2

1 3 5

2 4 6

2 4 6

U1 V1 W1

U2 V2 W2

96

95

21

22

13

14K2

12

14

K112

14

K255

56

67

68K2

K321

22K1

21

22

K1 K2 K3

REMOTE CONTROL

LT2-Exx

Kx = LT3-Dxx


“Star/delta” starter

E5

68

Overall dimensions (mm)

Type designation(without a box)

135 170 160

135 170 160

150 285 190

150 285 190

150 310 190

LТ3-D25А

LТ3-D32А

LТ3-D40А

LТ3-D65А

LТ3-D95А

370

370

470

470

470

240

240

265

265

265

160

160

160

160

160


Type designation(with a box)

LT 3 -B-D25A

LT 3 -B-D32A

LT 3 -B-D40A

LT 3 -B-D65A

LT 3 -B-D95A

height width depth

220V 230V

380V 400V 415V 440V

Rated capacitykW

Catalogue number

400

400

400

400

400

43253

43323

43403

43653

43953

Coil voltage (V AC)

Rated current

25А

32А

40А

65А

95А

Type designation(without a box)

LТ3-D25А

LТ3-D32А

LТ3-D40А

LТ3-D65А

LТ3-D95А

11

15

18.5

30

37

15

18.5

22

55

75

15

18.5

22

55

75

15

18.5

22

55

75

220V 230V

380V 400V 415V 440V

Rated capacitykW

Catalogue number

400

400

400

400

400

43254

43255

43256

43257

43258

Coil voltage (V AC)

Rated current

25А

32А

40А

65А

95А


LT 3 - B - D25A

LT 3 - B - D32A

LT 3 - B - D40A

LT 3 - B - D65A

LT 3 - B - D95A

11

15

18.5

30

37

15

18.5

22

55

75

15

18.5

22

55

75

15

18.5

22

55

75


“Star/delta” starter

Note: It is necessary that thermal protection with suitable range is mounted to protect the controlled motor. The shown values of magnetic starters are for normal regimes for motor control, for hard operation regimes are chosen starters which correspond to the current rating of the motor

Note: It is necessary that thermal protection with suitable range is mounted to protect the controlled motor. The shown values of magnetic starters are for normal regimes for motor control, for hard operation regimes are chosen starters which correspond to the current rating of the motor

www.elmarkgroup.eu

E5

69

height width depth

www.elmarkgroup.eu

The electromagnetic starters LT4 Dxx series are devices used for direct start, reverse start and protection of induction

motors with short connected rotor. They are a combination of two contactors LT1 Dxx series supplied with two buttons

“start” and one “stop” fabric cabled. They provide the unwinding of the motor in one of the directions with possibility for

pushing the button “stop” and giving command from the other “start” for changing the motor winding direction. The two

contactors are mechanically blocked and do not allow simultaneous start in both winding directions.

The starters are offered – closed type in metal boxes providing the corresponding IP code from dust and moisture (IP54)

as at mounting there should be provided protection of the device from short circuit through breakers or disconnectors.

The starters are offered with mounted thermal protection which can be substituted according to the motor power. The

choice of a suitable protection prevents motor’s operation at unusual temperature conditions and guarantees maximum

constant operation, increases the effectiveness and prolongs the term of exploitation.

If necessary, at order the power supply operating voltage of the pneumatic starter can be changed.

Functions:

- switching on alternating current three phase motors in one winding direction, switching off and change of the winding

direction at giving a signal

- does not allow secondary unwarranted switching on of the starter at transitory lowering of the voltage

- protects the motor from overload in the range of the corresponding thermal protection

- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics

Technical data:

* Rated voltage of the controlling voltage: 400V AC; 50/60 Hz

Note: In case you need different controlling coils voltage of the starters you can turn to our regional representatives.

* Rated operating voltage: 690V

* Rated operating current range: from 7 to 93 A AC

* insulation voltage: 690V

* Surge voltage wear resistance:≥6000V

* Joining terminal: screw terminal

* Little power consumption and small dimensions

* Connecting:

- flexible or rigid conductors with or without cable terminal for joining to the consumer and section according to the

motor power

- three by three inlets/outlets supplied with orifices for the cables

* Possibility for operation at higher frequency

* IP code: IP 44

* Mounting:

- mounting to a flat surface (wall) with bolts/screws

- mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum± 5ْ* Plastic: wear resistance of UV rays and non-flammable (self-extinguishing material)

* The metal body is covered with corrosion-proof paint

* Ambient temperature: -10Cْ + 60 ْC* Altitude: up to 2000m

Documents corresponding to

the product:

Standard EN 60947-1

EN 60947-4-1

The products are in accordance

with the directives of EC “Low

voltage directives (LVD) no.

73/23 EEC” and

“Electromagnetic Compatibility

Directives (EMC)

no. 89/336 EEC”.


Reverse starters

E6

70

220V 230V

380V 400V 415V 440V

Rated capacitykW

Catalogue number

400

400

400

400

400

43001

43002

43003

43004

43005

Coil voltage (V AC)

Rated current

25А

32А

40А

65А

95А


LT 4 - B - D25A

LT 4 - B - D32A

LT 4 - B - D40A

LT 4 - B - D65A

LT 4 - B - D95A

11

15

18.5

30

37

15

18.5

22

55

75

15

18.5

22

55

75

15

18.5

22

55

75


Reverse starters

370

370

470

470

470

240

240

265

265

265

160

160

160

160

160

Overall dimensions (mm)Type designation(with a box)

height width depth

LT 4 -B-D25A

LT 4 -B-D32A

LT 4 -B-D40A

LT 4 -B-D65A

LT 4 -B-D95A

L1 L2 L3

K11 L1 3 L2 5 L3 1 L1 3 L2 5 L3

K22 T1 4 T2 6 T3 2 T1 4 T2 6 T3

1 L1 3 L2 5 L3

2 T1 4 T2 6 T3

F1

U1 V1 W1

K 2-14 A

95NC 97NO

F1

9896

R

I II0

K 114 N0

13

S 1 S 2

13

14 N0K 2

K 2-5

K 1

A 2 A 2

K 2

A 1 A 1

scheme “Reverse”

www.elmarkgroup.eu

E6

71

www.elmarkgroup.euELM 1000 frequency invertersfor conveyor systems control

Frequency inverters are designed to control three-phase induction motors with short-circuited rotor. They provide for the implementation of some control laws, thus becoming an indispensable part of the control systems for conveyors and packaging machines. The ELM 1000 inverter provides optimized V/f control and output load can reach up to 150% within 60 seconds. It features easy definition of curves and easy parameters setting of inverter through the use of control panel buttons.

Functions:- rotation speed increase – automatic and manual- sliding compensation: from 0 to 20%- adjustment of the V/F control curve – linear or quadratic- energy saving through automatic optimization of the V/F curve- omission of resonance frequencies- JOG function- 'counter' function- automatic restart option in case of power supply failure- seven speed degrees control option- control choice from the control panel; external or COM terminal- frequency control from the control panel, external potentiometer by current or by voltage- incoming signals on clockwise or counter-clockwise rotation, multi-step control, restart, etc.- outgoing discrete control signal 24V- outgoing analogue control signal 0 – 10V- DC brake in static mode- dynamic breaking with external breaking resistor – used in inert electric motor load- output voltage adjustment option- activation of output safety functions option

Technical features:* Rated working voltage: 230/400V АС; 50 Hz

* Permissible working voltage deviation: ±10%* Unbalance of phases: < 3%* Frequency fluctuation: < 5%* Output frequency: 0 – 400 Hz* Output voltage: from 0 to Ubx max* Overload capacity:

- constant: up to 110%- moment: up to 150%

* Precision of output frequency adjustment: 0.1%* Type of connection:

- the connection of the inverter to the power supply should always be done through a circuit breaker of the MCB or MCCB type

- connection of consumer to power terminals: through conductors suitable for the power- connection of control circuits: flexible conductor up to 1.5 mm2

Note: It is not recommendable to mount contactors or other commutation devices between the frequency inverter and the motor, except as described in the product passport.

*Mounting:- mounting to a flat surface by means of bolts- mounting position – vertical gradient maximum ± 5°

Note: When more than one inverter is mounted in a board, it is recommendable to install them side by side and when this is not possible, the appropriate cooling conditions should be provided.

* Plastic: UV-rays resistant and fire resistant (self-extinguishing material)* Ambient temperature: -10° to 60° C* Altitude : up to 2000 m* Function enhancement option: through the inclusion of additional modules


E7

72

Documents corresponding to the product:

Standard EN60898-1EN 60947-2The products are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.

Type of signМ1000- G -0150 T3 С

lid type code: C=metal clips; B=plastic lid power supply code: T3=three-phase; S2= single phase motor power inverter type: G=constant momentum inverter model

Type ofinverter

ELМ1000-G0015S2B

ELМ1000-G0007T3B

ELМ1000-G0015T3B

ELМ1000-G0022T3B

ELМ1000-G0037T3B

ELМ1000-G0040T3B

ELМ1000-G0055T3B

ELМ1000-G0075T3B

ELМ1000-G0110T3C

ELМ1000-G0150T3C

ELМ1000-G0007S2B

H

150

170

170

170

170

250

250

300

300

340

380

W

105

125

125

125

125

162

162

200

200

225

230

A

139

160

160

160

160

233

233

282

282

322

362

B

94

114

114

114

114

145

145

182

182

160

186

D

120

140

140

140

140

150

150

160

160

220

225

d

Ø4

Ø5

Ø5

Ø5

Ø5

Ø6

Ø6

Ø6

Ø6

Ø6

Ø6

Dimensions (mm):

Type Maximumoutput power

(kW)

Inputvoltage

Maximumcurrent output

(А)

Catalogue number

ELМ1000-G0007S2B

ELМ1000-G0015S2B

ELМ1000-G0007T3B

ELМ1000-G0015T3B

ELМ1000-G0022T3B

ELМ1000-G0037T3B

ELМ1000-G0040T3B

ELМ1000-G0055T3B

ELМ1000-G0075T3B

ELМ1000-G0110T3C

ELМ1000-G0150T3C

230V

230V

400V

400V

400V

400V

400V

400V

400V

400V

400V

0.75

1.5

0.75

1.5

2.2

3.7

4.0

5.5

7.5

11

15

4.5

7

2

4

6.5

8

9

12

17

23

32

423107M

423115M

423307M

423315M

423322M

423337M

423340M

423355M

423375M

423391M

423392M

ELM 1000 frequency inverters


www.elmarkgroup.eu

E7

73

R

S

T

R

S

T

U

V

W

E

FM

V3

TA

TB

TC

M

AIM

V3

12V

OUTJ

A+B-

485 Comunication

OP 1

OP 2

OP 3

OP 4

OP 5

OP 6

OP 7

OP 8

COM

V1

V2

I 2

V 3

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60898-1 EN 60947-2The products are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.

The frequency inverters are designed to control mono phase and three-phase induction motors with short connected rotor. Different control laws can be applied through them which make them an irreplaceable part of control systems for conveyers, packing machines, air-conditioning systems, pumps and compressors. It is not advisable to use inverters EL – ZVF9 type for control of elevators.

Functions: 1. Control functions

- moment increase – automatically and manually - sliding compensation: from 0 to 20%- control curve V/F adjustment – linear or quadratic- energy saving through automatic optimizing of the V/F curve- possibility for applying PID control law- omission of frequencies that can lead to resonance - JOG function- “counter” function- possibility for automatic restart at momentary power supply failure- multistage speed control

2. Controlling functions- choice of control from control panel: outside terminal or COM-terminal- frequency control from control panel, outside potentiometer, current, voltage or terminal 485- input signals for direst and reverse winding, multistage control, restart, etc- outlet control discreet signal 24V- outlet control analogue signal 0-10V

3. Brake functions- DC-brake - dynamic stopping with outside brake resistor – used at motor inertia load

4. Protective functions- phase breaking at the inverter inlet- outlet overcurrent- outlet overload- inlet low voltage- overheat of bearings and windings (if there are sensors in the motor)

Technical data:* Rated operating voltage: 230/400V AC; 50Hz* Admissible diversion of the rated voltage: ±10%* Disbalance of the phases: <3%* Frequency variation: <5%* Outlet frequency: 0 – 400Hz* Outlet voltage: from 0 to Uin max* Overload capacity:

- constant: up to 110%- transitory: up to 180%

* Modulating system: width impulse modulation (WIM)* Regulating accuracy of the outlet frequency: 0.01% * Connecting:

- the connecting of the inverter to the power supply grid must compulsory be through a breaker MCB type or MCCB- connecting of the consumer to the power terminals: with conductors suitable for the power - connecting of the controlling signals: flexible conductor up to 1.5mm

Note: Mounting of contactors or other commutation devices is not recommended between the frequency inverter and the controlled motor, except for the cases described in the passport of the product

* Mounting:- mounting to a flat surface with bolts- mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum± 5ْ

Note: At mounting more than one inverter in a panel it is recommended that they are mounted next to one another; when this is impossible suitable conditions for cooling the devices must be provided.

* Plastic: wear resistance of UV rays and non-flammable (self-extinguishing material)* Ambient temperature: -10Cْ + 60 ْC* Installation altitude: up to 2000m* Possibility for widening of the functions through including additional devices

mono phase inverter

three-phase inverter


Frequency inverters EL – ZVF9 typefor water pumps and fans control

E7

74

Invertertype

EL - ZVF 9-G0015S2

EL - ZVF 9-G0022S2

EL - ZVF 9-G0007T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0015T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0022T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0037T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0040T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0055T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0075T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0110T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0150T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0007S2

H

170

170

170

170

170

170

250

250

336

336

380

380

W

125

125

125

125

125

125

155

155

316

316

360

360

A

159

159

159

159

159

159

230

230

180

180

210

210

B

113

113

113

113

113

113

143

143

140

140

160

160

D

142

142

142

142

142

142

148

148

168

168

200

200

d

Ø5

Ø5

Ø5

Ø5

Ø5

Ø5

Ø5.5

Ø5.5

Ø10

Ø10

Ø10

Ø10

Dimensions (mm)

Type Maximum outlet capacity (kW)

Inlet voltage

Maximum outletcurrent (A)

Catalogue number

EL - ZVF 9-G0007S2

EL - ZVF 9-G0015S2

EL - ZVF 9-G0022S2

EL - ZVF 9-G0007T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0015T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0022T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0037T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0040T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0055T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0075T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0110T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0150T4

230V

230V

230V

400V

400V

400V

400V

400V

400V

400V

400V

400V

0.75

1.5

2.2

0.75

1.5

2.2

3.7

4.0

5.5

7.5

11

15

4

7

10

2.5

3.7

5

7

9.5

13

18

24

30

423107

423115

423122

423307

423315

423322

423337

423340

423355

423375

423391

423392


Frequency inverterswww.elmarkgroup.eu

E7

75

Type designationZVF9 - G - 0075 T 4

power supply voltage code: 2=230V; 4=400Vphase number: T =three-phase; S = mono phasemotor powerinverter type: P=quadratic moment; G=constant momentinverter model

brake resistance throttle

three-phase power supply

input

potentiometer inputor analog

voltage (DC 0 - 10V)

analog currentinput (DC 4 - 20mA)

common connection

direct rolling/stop

reverse/stop

signalization in case of fault

reversion after fault

multi-speed Х1

multi-speed Х2

multi-speed Х3

slipping

electrical motor

relay in case of fault(AC250/2A)

output 1

output 2

analog outputDC 0 - 10V or 0 - 1 mAoutput +12V

www.elmarkgroup.euELM2000 frequency inverters with no-sensor control

Frequency inverters are designed to control three-phase induction motors with short-circuited rotor. They provide for the implementation of some control laws, thus becoming an indispensable part of the control systems for conveyors and packaging machines, pumps, air conditioning systems, etc. The ELM 2000 inverter provides the so-called no-sensor control, V/f control and impulse control while the output load can reach up to 150% within 60 seconds. It features easy definition of curves and easy parameters setting of inverter through the use of control panel buttons.

Functions:- rotation speed increase – automatic and manual- sliding compensation: from 0 to 20%- no-sensor control of the motor- adjustment of the V/F control curve – linear or quadratic- energy saving through automatic optimization of the V/F curve- PID control law implementation option- omission of resonance frequencies- JOG function- 'counter' function- automatic restart option in case of power supply failure- fifteen speed degrees control option- control choice from the control panel; external or COM terminal- frequency control from the control panel, external potentiometer by current or by voltage- auto-calibration in accordance with the switched motor- incoming signals on clockwise or counter-clockwise rotation, multi-step control, restart, etc.- outgoing discrete control signal 24V- outgoing analogue control signal 0 – 10V- DC brake in static mode- dynamic breaking with external breaking resistor – used in inert electric motor load- output voltage adjustment option- activation of output safety functions option- electronic motor protection

Technical features:* Rated working voltage: 230/400V АС; 50 Hz* Permissible working voltage deviation: ±10%* Unbalance of phases: < 3%* Frequency fluctuation: < 5%* Output frequency: 0 – 400 Hz* Output voltage: from 0 to Ubx max* Overload capacity:

- constant: up to 110%- momentary: up to 150%

* Precision of output frequency adjustment: 0.1%* Type of connection:

- the connection of the inverter to the power supply should always be done through a circuit breaker of the MCB or MCCB type

- connection of consumer to power terminals: through conductors suitable for the power- connection of control circuits: flexible conductor up to 1.5 mm2

Note: It is not recommendable to mount contactors or other commutation devices between the frequency inverter and the motor, except as described in the product passport.

* Mounting:- mounting to a flat surface by means of bolts- mounting position – vertical gradient maximum ± 5°Note: When more than one inverter is mounted in a board, it is recommendable to mount them side by side and

when this is not possible, the appropriate cooling conditions should be provided.* Plastic: UV-rays resistant and fire resistant (self-extinguishing material)* Ambient temperature: -10° to 60° C* Altitude : up to 2000 m* Function enhancement option: through the inclusion of additional modules


E7

76


Standard EN60898-1EN 60947-2The products are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.

ELМ2000-G0015S2B

ELМ2000-G0007T3B

ELМ2000-G0015T3B

ELМ2000-G0022T3B

ELМ2000-G0037T3B

ELМ2000-G0040T3B

ELМ2000-G0055T3B

ELМ2000-G0075T3B

ELМ2000-G0110T3C

ELМ2000-G0150T3C

ELМ2000-G0007S2B

H

150

170

170

170

170

250

250

300

300

340

380

W

105

125

125

125

125

162

162

200

200

225

230

A

139

160

160

160

160

233

233

282

282

322

362

B

94

114

114

114

114

145

145

182

182

160

186

D

120

140

140

140

140

150

150

160

160

220

225

d

Ø4

Ø5

Ø5

Ø5

Ø5

Ø6

Ø6

Ø6

Ø6

Ø6

Ø6

ELМ2000-G0007S2B

ELМ2000-G0015S2B

ELМ2000-G0007T3B

ELМ2000-G0015T3B

ELМ2000-G0022T3B

ELМ2000-G0037T3B

ELМ2000-G0040T3B

ELМ2000-G0055T3B

ELМ2000-G0075T3B

ELМ2000-G0110T3C

ELМ2000-G0150T3C

230V

230V

400V

400V

400V

400V

400V

400V

400V

400V

400V

0.75

1.5

0.75

1.5

2.2

3.7

4.0

5.5

7.5

11

15

4.5

7

2

4

6.5

8

9

12

17

23

32

423107B

423115B

423307B

423315B

423322B

423337B

423340B

423355B

423375B

423391B

423392B

www.elmarkgroup.eu

E7

77

R

S

T

R

S

T

U

V

W

E

FM

V3

TA

TB

TC

M

AIM

V3

12V

OUTJ

A+B-

485 Comunication

OP 1

OP 2

OP 3

...

...

OP 13

OP 14

OP 15

COM

V1

V2

I 2

V 3

ELM2000 frequency inverters with no-sensor control


Type of signМ1000- G -0150 T3 С

lid type code: C=metal clips; B=plastic lid power supply code: T3=three-phase; S2= single phase motor power inverter type: G=constant momentum inverter model

Type ofinverter

Dimensions (mm):

Type Maximumoutput power

(kW)

Inputvoltage

Maximumcurrent output

(А)

Catalogue number

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Stopping equipment

Brake resistor and brake element – used when stopping time is little or load inertia moment is huge. Inverters up to 15W are offered with built in brake element but for consumers with high requirements to stopping, there are brake resisters as an outer module for additional mounting to the brake module.

Functions:- increasing of the brake moment- providing a quick stop of the motorTechnical data:

* Rated operating voltage: 230/400V; 50Hz * Admissible diversion of the rated voltage: ±10%* Disbalance of the phases: <3%* Connecting:

- connecting to the inverter through suitable connecting conductors according to the given scheme* Mounting:

- to a metal surface/frame near the inverter- necessity for enough space for the normal cooling of the module- take precautious measures to prevent the access to the electrical connections

EL - ZVF 9-G0007S2

EL - ZVF 9-G0015S2

EL - ZVF 9-G0022S2

EL - ZVF 9-G0007T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0015T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0022T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0037T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0040T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0055T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0075T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0110T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0150T4

230V

230V

230V

400V

400V

400V

400V

400V

400V

400V

400V

400V

80W/200Ω

160W/100Ω

300W/70Ω

80W/750Ω

160W/400Ω

300W/250Ω

400W/150Ω

400W/150Ω

600W/100Ω

800W/75Ω

1000W/50Ω

1500W40Ω

Inlet voltage

Invertertype

Break resistor admissible value for inverter type

Catalogue number

embedded

embedded

embedded

embedded

embedded

embedded

embedded

embedded

embedded

embedded

embedded

embedded

Breaking module

Remote control (Extension of the control panel)

It doubles the control panel and serves for control of the inverter from a distance. It represents the inverter panel fabric cabled with cables with different length – 1.0; 1.5; 2.0; 5 and 10m.It is ordered as a separate position in addition to the standard equipment of the inverter.

Connecting scheme of a brake resister

Inverter Breaking module Breaking resister

Connecting scheme of the auxiliary elements

Breaker (MCCB)

Contactor

Inlet reactor

Inlet EMC filter

Outside breaking resister

Outside breaking module

Outlet EMC filter

Outlet reactor

Inverter

DC reactor


Auxiliary equipment for frequency inverters

422202

422204

422205

422206

422207

422208

422209

422210

422211

422212

422213

422214

E8

78

Cablelength

EL - ZVF 9-G0007S2

EL - ZVF 9-G0015S2

EL - ZVF 9-G0007T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0015T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0022T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0037T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0055T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0075T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0110T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0150T4

422UPM2

422UPM2

422UPM2

422UPM2

422UPM2

422UPM2

422UPM2

422UPM2

422UPG2

422UPG2

UPM 1

UPM 1

UPM 1

UPM 1

UPM 1

UPM 1

UPM 1

UPM 1

UPG 1

UPG 1

Type designation

2 m

2 m

2 m

2 m

2 m

2 m

2 m

2 m

2 m

2 m

Inverter type Catalogue number

422001

422002

422003

422004

422005

422006

422007

422008

422009

422010

422011

422012

Inverter type Inlet filter type Catalogue number

Filters for protection of the power supply grid from high harmonics (inlet)

The use of frequency inverters for control of motors with short connected rotor is a precondition for interference from non-sine

character in the power supply grid. It concerns to a great extent the use of powerful inverters. The protection of the power supply grid

from the interference is accomplished through the mounting before the inverter of specially designed throttle elements that smoothen

these non-sine waves generated at the operation of the inverter’s rectifier block.

Functions:

- protection of the power supply grid from high harmonics

Technical data:

* Rated operating voltage: 275/480V AC; 50Hz

* Admissible diversion of the operating voltage: ±10%

* insulation voltage

- phase – earth (2s): 2250V DC

- phase – phase (2s): 1500V DC

* Connecting:

- connecting to the inverter through suitable connecting conductors according to the given scheme

* Mounting:

- to a metal surface/frame near the inverter

- necessity for enough space for the normal cooling of the module

- take precautious measures to prevent the access to the electrical connections

- mounted between the inverter and the power supply grid


Auxiliary equipment for frequency inverterwww.elmarkgroup.eu

E8

79

E8

EL - ZVF 9-G0007S2

EL - ZVF 9-G0015S2

EL - ZVF 9-G0022S2

EL - ZVF 9-G0007T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0015T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0022T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0037T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0040T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0055T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0075T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0110T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0150T4

DL - 6TH1

DL - 10TH3

DL 15TH1

DL - 5EBK5/40

DL - 5EBK5/40

DL - 10EBK5/40

DL - 16EBK5/40

DL - 16EBK5/40

DL - 16EBK5/40

DL - 25EBK5/40

DL - 35EBK5/40

DL - 50EBK5/50

EL - ZVF 9-G0007S2

EL - ZVF 9-G0015S2

EL - ZVF 9-G0022S2

EL - ZVF 9-G0007T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0015T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0022T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0037T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0040T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0055T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0075T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0110T4

EL - ZVF 9-G0150T4

DL - 5EBL5/40

DL - 10EBL5/40

DL - 16EBL5/40

DL - 5EBL5/40

DL - 5EBL5/40

DL - 10EBL5/40

DL - 16EBL5/40

DL - 16EBL5/40

DL - 16EBL5/40

DL - 25EBL5/40

DL - 35EBL5/40

DL - 50EBL5/40

422013

422014

422015

422016

422017

422018

422019

422020

422021

422022

422023

422024

Inverter type Outlet filter type Catalogue number

Filters for protection from electromagnetic interference (EMC) (outlet)The use of frequency inverters for control of motors with short connected rotor can lead to interference in the magnetic circuits of appliances mounted near the inverter. This is a specially designed filter element that can be mounted at the outlet of the inverter to protect the other equipment from the electromagnetic interference from the motor power supply cable. This filter is recommended when using frequency inverters in systems with special functions, radio dependent systems, medical equipment, etc.Functions:- protection of the power supply grid from electromagnetic interference Technical data:

* Rated operating voltage: 275/480V AC; 50Hz * Admissible diversion of the operating voltage: ±10%* Insulation voltage

- phase – earth (2s): 1500V DC- phase – phase (2s): 1500V DC

* Connecting: - connecting to the inverter through suitable connecting conductors according to the given scheme

* Mounting:- to a metal surface/frame near the inverter- necessity for enough space for the normal cooling of the module- take precautious measures to prevent the access to the electrical connections - mounted between the inverter and the power supply grid

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Devices for control and protection of electrical motors80

ELM 2500 soft starters

E9

Soft starters are designed to control the start of three-phase induction motors with short-circuited rotor. A number of motor control issues are avoided through them, and namely: prolonged start moments, auto-ignition of motor, there is no need of star-delta switching, auto-transformer switching, resistant switching, etc. The ELM 2500 soft starter pertains to the AC53b type of starters as per the standard requirements and it provides rotation of motor and once the operation mode is set, a shunt contactor of the LT 1 D/F series is switched to control motor operation as the soft starter is not designed to control motors in a set mode. Under a stop command in accordance with the selected control scheme, the soft starter can or can not be included in shutting the motor down. Functions:1. System functions

- over-voltage protection – motor will switch off when power supply exceeds the preset limits- overload protection – protects the motor from overloading- phase loss protection- temperature overload protection

2. Control functions- output faults- motor faults diagnostics- keyboard or outward control- delayed start option- faults memory

Technical features:* Rated working voltage: 230/400V АС; 50 Hz* Permissible working voltage deviation: ±10%* Unbalance of phases: < 3%* Frequency fluctuation: < 5%* Obligatory bypass contactor installation* Mounting :

- mounting to a flat surface through bolts- mounting position – vertical gradient maximum ± 5°

Note: When more than one soft starter is mounted in a board, it is recommendable to mount them side by side and when this is not possible, the appropriate cooling conditions should be provided.

* Plastic: UV-rays resistant and fire resistant (self-extinguishing material)* Altitude : up to 2000 m

Type of soft starter Power ofmotor( kW )

Rated current( А )

Type of bypass contactor

Cataloguenumber

Type of soft starter

EL M25

EL M25

EL M25

EL M25

EL M25

EL M25015

022

037

045

055

075

А

250

250

250

250

250

510

В

153

153

153

153

153

260

С

162

162

162

162

162

194

E

219

219

219

219

219

389

F

140

140

140

140

140

232

d

Ø6

Ø6

Ø6

Ø6

Ø6

Ø8

Dimensions (mm)

EL M25022

EL M25037

EL M25045

EL M25055

EL M25075

EL M25015 15

22

37

45

55

75

30

45

76

90

110

150

LT 1-D 50

LT 1-D 50

LT 1-D 80

LT 1-D 95

LT 1-F 115

LT 1-F 150

10

10

16

25

25

35

42225015

42225022

42225037

42225045

42225055

42225075

АЕ

СFB

R S T

L A

M

QF

LT1-D/Fxx

LT 2 Exx

R S T 15 14 13 12 11 10PE RST BX STOP RUN CM

HFR1000

U V W 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Y1 Y2 Y3 T1 T2 T3 30A 30B 30C

LT 1 D/Fxx

S3 Lt2 S2 S1

L 1 N


Standard EN60947-4-2EN 60947-1The products are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.

Section ofpower supplyconductors

Programmable digital one-channel timer TE 15B

The timer is manufactured under the CMOS technology with a quartz minicontroller which makes it reliable for operation. The timer is adjusted for DIN-rail mounting. It is possible to adjust six ON/OFF cycles. Using the buttons you can programme a day of the week (the whole week, working days or off-days), time of starting of the cycle and time of switching off. The minimal interval for cycle programming is 1 minute. There is possibility for automatic correction of the time according to the seasonal sun variations. Technical data:

* Display: LCD* Automatic adjustment of the current time (time correction winter/summer)* Power supply voltage: 230V; 50Hz* Operations: 6 switching ON/OFF* Time deviation: <2s (at 25°C)* Battery for programme storing: up to 15 days* Power consumption: <5VA* Switched on indicator

5* Electrical wear resistance: 10 cycles7* Mechanical wear resistance: 10 cycles

* Operating temperature: -10 - +40°C* Humidity: 35 – 85%RH* Number of contacts: 1NO + 1NC* Commutating capacity: - active load: up to 6A - inductive load: up to 2.5* Weight: 120g

Mounting: * DIN-rail

Cat.N 50036

Cat.N 50101

Programmable timers


36 64

36 64

www.elmarkgroup.eu

E10

81

Programmable digital one-channel timer TE 15A

The timer is manufactured under the CMOS technology with a quartz minicontroller which makes it reliable for operation. The timer is adjusted for DIN-rail mounting. It is possible to adjust eight ON/OFF cycles. Using the buttons you can programme a day of the week (the whole week, working days or off-days), time of starting of the cycle and time of switching off. The minimal interval for cycle programming is 1 minute.Technical data:

* Display: LCD* Power supply voltage: 230V; 50Hz* Operations: 8 switching ON/OFF* Time deviation: <2s (at 25°C)* Battery for programme storing: up to 15 days* Power consumption: <5VA* Switched on indicator

5* Electrical wear resistance: 10 cycles7 * Mechanical wear resistance: 10 cycles

* Operating temperature: -10 - +40°C* Humidity: 35 – 85%RH* Number of contacts: 1NO + 1NC* Commutating capacity: - active load: up to 6A - inductive load: up to 2.5* Weight: 120g


Programmable digital one-channel timer TE 20The timer is manufactured under the CMOS technology with a quartz minicontroller which makes it reliable for operation. The timer is adjusted for DIN-rail mounting. It is possible to adjust forty-eight ON/OFF cycles. Using the buttons you can programme time of starting of the cycle and time of switching off. The minimal interval for cycle programming is 15 minutes. The battery allows programme storing at lack of power supply. Technical data:

* Power supply voltage: 230V; 50Hz* Time deviation: <2s (at 25°C)* Battery for programme storing and operation: up to 150 hours* Power consumption: <5VA* Switched on indicator


* Operating temperature: -10 - +40°C* Humidity: 35 – 85%RH* Number of contacts: 1NO + 1NC* Li-Ion battery: 150h* Commutating capacity: - active load: up to 16A* Weight: 120g


www.elmarkgroup.eu

Tariff switching clock (timer) TE 18The timer is adjusted for DIN-rail mounting. It is used for switching on tariff lighting in housing buildings and switching off after the adjusted time. Easy to adjust time intervals, mounting and conducting. Reliable to use. Technical data:

* Power supply voltage: 230V; 50Hz* Adjustment range: 0.5 to 20 min* Power consumption: <5VA* Operating temperature: -10-+55°C* Humidity: 45 – 85%RH* Number of contacts: 1NO* Commutating capacity: - active load: up to 16A - inductive load: up to 10 A* Weight: 75g


Time relay “star/delta” TE 19The time relay is manufactured under the most modern methods of qualitative and reliable materials. The timer is adjusted for DIN-rail mounting. It is used to provide reliable and safe time hold at “star/delta” starters. It gives possibility for time adjustment for motor unwinding in star up to 600s and time change to delta according to the consumer’s need.Technical data:

* Power supply voltage: 230V; 50Hz* Adjustment range for operation in star: 1 to 600 seconds* Repetition accuracy: ±5% from the whole scale* Adjustment accuracy: ±5% from the whole scale* Zeroing time: <0.5s* Power consumption: <5VA* Electrical wear resistance: 100 000 cycles* Mechanical wear resistance: 1 000 000 cycles* Operating temperature: -10-+55°C* Humidity: 45 – 85%RH* Commutating capacity: up to 5A* Indication: - at operation in “star”: red indication - at operation in “delta”: green indication* Weight: 150g


Cat.N 50100

Cat.N 35005

Cat.N 50102

E10

82Programmable timers


Timer TE8A – 1aThe timer is manufactured under the most modern technology CMOS with a quartz minicontroller which makes it precise, qualitative and reliable. It has a built in battery which allows operation of the timers without charging up to 150 hours. The timer is adjusted for DIN-rail mounting. There is possibility for adjustment of eight programmes for a day or a week with minimal interval of 1 minute for switching on and off. Indication on LCD display with high resolution and showing the time in hours, minutes and seconds.Technical data:

* Power supply voltage: 230V; 50Hz* Power consumption: <5VA


* Operating temperature: -10ºC - +55ºC* Temperature of storage: up to 70C* Humidity: 45 – 85%RH* Commutating capacity: up to 16A* Two outlet relays* Li-Ion battery: 150h* Weight: 150g


Timer TE8A – 2aThe timer is manufactured under the most modern technology CMOS with a quartz minicontroller which makes it precise, qualitative and reliable. It has a built in battery which allows operation of the timers without charging up to 150 hours. The timer is adjusted for DIN-rail mounting. It has two operating channels, each of which can adjust four programmes for a day or a week with minimal interval of 1 minute for switching on and off. Indication on LCD display with high resolution and showing the time in hours, minutes and seconds.Technical data:

* Power supply voltage: 230V; 50Hz* Power consumption: <5VA

7* Electrical wear resistance: 10 cycles5 * Mechanical wear resistance: 10 cycles

* Operating temperature: -10 - +55°C* Temperature of storage: up to 70°C* Humidity: 45 – 85%RH* Commutating capacity: up to 16A* Li-Ion battery: 150h* Weight: 150g


Timer TE6BThe timer is manufactured under the most modern technology CMOS with a quartz minicontroller which makes it precise, qualitative and reliable. The timer is modulated to be mounted on the front panel of boards. The direction of operation is adjusted – direct or reverse. There is possibility to adjust the time range from 0.01 second to 99 hours 59 minutes, possibility for correction of the set values during operation. Indication on LCD display with high resolution and showing the time in hours, minutes and seconds.Technical data:

* Power supply voltage: 230V; 50Hz* Possibility for choice of operating range: - from 0.01 second to 99.99 seconds - from 1 second to 99.59 minutes - from 1 minute to 99.59 hours* Error: <0.01% ±0.05s* Minimal duration of the input pulse: 20ms* Power consumption: <5VA


* Operating temperature: -10-+55°C* Temperature of storage: up to 70°C* Humidity: 45 – 85%RH* Commutating capacity at active load: 3A* Weight: 300g

Mounting: * on the front panel of the board

Cat.N 50113

Cat.N 50114

Cat.N 50104

www.elmarkgroup.eu

E10



www.elmarkgroup.eu

Timer TE48S-SThe timer is manufactured under the most modern technology CMOS with a quartz minicontroller which makes it precise, qualitative and reliable. The timer is modulated to be mounted on the front panel of boards. The direction of operation is adjusted – direct or reverse. It represents two separate operating channels, each of which can operate independently with time range adjustment from 1 second to 99 minutes, possibility for correction of the set values during operation. Indication on LCD display with high resolution and showing the time in hours, minutes and seconds.Technical data:

* Power supply voltage: 230V; 50Hz* Admissible variation of the input voltage: 85-110%U* Possibility for choice of operating range: - from 1 to 99 seconds - from 1 minute to 99 minutes* Error: <0.01% ±0.05s* Minimal duration of the input pulse: 20ms* Power consumption: <5VA


* Operating temperature: -10-+55°C* Temperature of storage: up to 70°C* Humidity: 45 – 85%RH* Commutating capacity at load: 3A* Weight: 300g

Mounting: * on the front panel of the board

indication

Cat.N 50105

E10



indication

Adjusting block

Т1 Time settingТ2 Time setting

indication

Timer ТЕ 19MTimer is developed using modern technologies from quality and reliable materials and is adapted for mounting on DIN rail. It is used for providing time intervals in eight time programs, which are assigned by combinations of the keys. There is an option for it to operate in time ranges (assigned by the keys K4, K5,K6): seconds, minutes or hours depending on the necessity of the user. Power contact up to 3A. Technical characteristics:

* Input voltage: 230V; 50Hz* Range of setting: from 0.6 sec to 100 hours* Accuracy of setting: ± 5% from the whole scale* Time for nullifying: <0.5 seconds* Consumed capacity: < 5VA* Electrical endurance (number of cycles): 100 000 cycles * Mechanical endurance (number of cycles): 1 000 000 cycles * Operation temperature: -10 - +55°С* Humidity: 45 - 85%RH* Computing option: up to 5А* Indication: - on power supply: red indication - on operational output relay: green indication * Weight: 150 gr. * Time functions: according to the programming guide

Mounting method: * DIN rail

Cat.№ 50102M

Universal digital counter CE2JThe device is manufactured under the modern technology CMOS which allows high speed of counting and high counting reliability. It has a built in battery which allows data storing for more than 10 years. It is supplied with a digital display with black lighting digits, providing excellent visibility at different lighting. The counter is to be mounted on the front panel of the boards. It is used for impulse sequence counting with accumulation or deduction. There is possibility for relay outlet operation at reaching beforehand set value, and also a possibility for changing the position of the decimal point.

Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 61010-1

Technical data: * Display: LCD* Power supply voltage: 230V; 50Hz* Counting range: 0 - 99999* Counting speed: 30/3k cps* Zeroing: outside impulse* Battery for programme storing: up to 10 years* Power consumption: <5VA* Operating temperature: -10-+40°C* Humidity: 35 – 85%RH* Commutating capacity: relay outlet with active load: up to 3A* Weight: 250g

Mounting: * on the front panel* opening with dimensions: 45x45

Combined digital counter/timer CE10JThe device is for front mounting in the board. It can be used as a counter or timer choosing a definite combination from keys. It is manufactured under the modern technology CMOS which allows high speed of counting, precision at operation as a timer and high reliability. It has a built in battery which allows data storing for more than 10 years. It is supplied with a digital display providing excellent visibility at different lighting. It is used for impulse sequence counting with accumulation or deduction. There is possibility for relay outlet operation at reaching beforehand set value, and also a possibility for changing the position of the decimal point.


Technical data: * Display: LCD* Power supply voltage: 230V; 50Hz * Counting range: 0 – 999* Timer range: 0.01 – 99h99min * Counting speed: 30/500 cps * Zeroing: outside impulse * Battery for programme storing: up to 10 years * Power consumption: <3VA

7* Mechanical wear resistance: 10 cycles* Operating temperature: -5-+40°C* Humidity: 35 – 85%RH* Commutating capacity: relay outlet with active load: up to 3A* Weight: 120g

Mounting: * on the front panel* opening with dimensions: 45x45

Protection indicator Outlet channel indicator

Power supply indicator

Current value

Set value 1 and 2

Return button

System return button Operational

button Display button

Setting buttons (1~6)

Set value

operating value

setvalue

functional button

Cat.N 50120

Digital counters


Cat.N 50111

www.elmarkgroup.eu

E11

85

68

68

90

65

68

68

68

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Total digital counter CE15JThe device is to be mounted on DIN-rail. It is used as an impulse counter with no outside power supply. For that purpose there is a Li battery built in the device which provides data storing and operation of the device for 5 years. It has eight digital lighting display providing excellent visibility at different lighting. It is used for impulse sequence counting with accumulation.

Technical data: * Display: LCD* Power supply voltage: built in battery* Inlet signal: 100-230V AC/DC* Counting accuracy: <0.002%* Data storing battery: up to 5 years* Operating temperature: -5-+40°C* Humidity: 35 – 85%RH* Weight: 120gMounting: * DIN-rail

Total digital counter CE15LThe device is to be mounted on DIN-rail. It is used as a time impulse counter with no outside power supply. For that purpose there is a Li battery built in the device which provides data storing and operation of the device for 5 years. It has eight digital lighting display providing excellent visibility at different lighting. It is used for time impulse sequence counting with accumulation. It displays the operated time.

Technical data: * Display: LCD* Power supply voltage: built in battery* Inlet signal: 100-230V AC/DC* Counting accuracy: <0.002%* Battery for data storing: up to 5 years* Operating temperature: -5-+40°C* Humidity: 35 – 85%RH* Weight: 120g


Phase sequence indicator EK - RSTB The device is to be mounted on DIN-rail. It is used for control and indication of the presence, sequence and quality of the phases. The device indicates the following fault:- lack of one or several phases;- change in the sequence of the phases;- lowering of the power supplying voltage: under 10%;- increasing of the power supplying voltage: over 10%;- phase asymmetry of the power supplying voltage: ±10%In the presence of one of the conditions above a relay starts operating in the device which breaks the controlling circuit. The time between fault indication and outlet relay switching on can be adjusted in order to prevent unwilling stops at very short breaks. When the voltage is back to normal limits, the device receives energy (indication lights) according to the hysteresic values. At phase sequence fault the device operates immediately.

Technical data:* Power supply voltage: 400V; 50Hz* Possibility for operation range adjustment: 0.1 – 10 seconds

* Electrical wear resistance: 1 000 000 cycles* Mechanical wear resistance: 10 000 000 cycles* Indication: - green LED – indication for a change in the condition - red LED - failure* Operating temperature: -5-+40°C* Humidity: 35 – 85%RH* Weight: 120g


* Possibility for working range adjustment: from 300 to 480 V




Cat.N 50112

Cat.N 50115

Cat.N 50103

Digital counters


E11

86

Industrial Relays and BasesDevices intended for construction of automation and signalling boards. They are mainly used for command transfer towards the executive mechanisms. Currents of comparatively heavy values enabling the direct control of industrial executive mechanisms are commuted in comparatively small sizes. The contact surfaces are made from silver-coated electrolytic copper. The entire contact system is closed within a lid of colourless fire-proof plastic with a test-button installed to it. The base provides a safe electric connection of the conductors of the electric installation and the relays and is used to install the relay to the DIN busbar.

Technical Characteristics:* Supply voltage: from 12 to 230V АС, 50 Нz and from 12 to 110V DC* Acceptable deviation of the supply voltage: 85 -110% Un* Rated current of the sockets: 10А АС* Electrical endurance: 1 000 000 cycles* Isolation resistance: 500 mΩ /min (500V)* Impulse tension resistance: 2000V, 50Нz* Dielectric strength: 1000V АС/1 min* Turn-out time: 25ms* Working temperature: -5 - + 65°С* Humidity: 35 - 85% RH

Method of installation:* on a DIN rail by means of a socket

Industrial Relays

ELMELMELM

- 14FC - 14FC - 14FC

12 VDC24 VDC48 VDC

PSF14APSF14APSF14A

27010804340

571415714257143

Relay type Socket type Resistance of the coil( Ω )

Catalogue numberVoltage of the coil( V )

www.elmarkgroup.eu

E12

87

576015760257603576055761157612576135761457615

ELM - 55.02ELM - 55.02ELM - 55.02ELM - 55.02ELM - 55.04ELM - 55.04ELM - 55.04ELM - 55.04ELM - 55.04

12 VAC24 VAC48 VAC230 VAC12 VAC24 VAC48 VAC110 VAC230 VAC


42168675

1400042

1686753500

14000

575215752257523575255754157542575435754457545


12 VAC24 VAC48 VAC230 VAC12 VAC24 VAC48 VAC110 VAC230 VAC


2080

32074002080

32017007400

ELM - 14AELM - 94.3ELM - 94.4ELM - 90.22ELM - 90.23

81114811

5790157902579035790457905


Documents corresponding to the product:EN 60947-5-1;EN 61810





Relay type Resistance of the coil( Ω )

Catalogue number

www.elmarkgroup.eu


E13

88

Documents corresponding tothe product:Standard EN 61010-1

Thermocouple and thermo resistance The thermo-measuring elements are designed for measuring the temperature in the point of contact between the surface (warmed or cooled) and the thermo-element. They are a comparatively cheap and the most wide-spread method for temperature measurement. The thermocouples are produced by accumulating two conductors from a special measuring alloy in one common head. Each of these elements has a specific electromotive voltage at a specific temperature. The temperature measuring is based on the difference in the electromotive powers between the hot and the cool end of the thermocouple, while this difference in the form of voltage of several milivolts is supplied at the input of the thermoregulator, which displays the measured temperature. Each thermocouple is produced and calibrated for measuring of specific temperature ranges depending on the alloys of which it is made. When thermocouples measuring great distances from the thermoregulators are used (more than 15 points), it is obligatory to use compensatory cable corresponding to the type of the thermocouple. The thermo-resistant elements action is based on the capacity of specific alloys, very often Pt100 to change their resistance when the temperature is changed. For each temperature value is specified a value of resistance. This value is supplied at the input of the thermoregulator, which displays the measured temperature. Each thermoregulator operates with a specific type of thermo-element.

Devices for temperature measurement


TK 2 T - KTK 2 T - JTK 2 T - Pt100

501215012250123

K

K

K

K

J

J

Pt100

Pt100

Type of thermo-element Symbol Temperature range Type of catching Sizes of the head Size of the free end Catalogue number

WRNT - 01

WRNT - 01

WRNT - 31

WRNT - 13

WRKT - 01

WRKT - 13

WXPT - 13

WXPT - 13

-15 ÷ 95°C

0 ÷ 400°C

0 ÷ 400°C

0 ÷400°C

0 ÷400°C

0 ÷400°C

-15 ÷95°C

0 ÷400°C

nut

nut

Bayonet

explosion-proof

nut

explosion-proof

explosion-proof

explosion-proof

30 x 35

30 x 35

30 x 35

Ø6

30 x 35

Ø6

Ø6

Ø6

1m

1m

0.5m

2m

1m

2m

2m

2m

50K95G

50K40G

50K40B

50K40EX

50J40G

50J40EX

50PT95EX

50PT40EX

Digital temperature regulator TK2T – K; J; Pt 100 The device is used for temperature control and indication in industrial projects. It allows the following and regulation of temperature in range up to 999°C depending on the mounted measuring element – thermo pair or thermo resistance. It is offered in versions for the most popular types of measuring elements – K (CA); J (IC) PT 100 as the last letter of the type defines the measuring element type. The device is to be mounted on the front panel of the boards. It is easy to program through a combination of buttons on the front panel. On the LCD display are values of the set and actually measured temperature on different lines. The device allows easy change of the set temperature and possibility for choice of switching on PID regulation law. It allows easy adjustment of the regulation, and the mounted SSR relay makes it convenient for thyristors control and provides high operation reliability.

Technical data:* Power supply voltage: 230V; 50Hz* Admissible deviation of the power supply voltage: 85 – 110%Un* Inlet signal: thermo pair K, J or thermo resistance PT 100* Outlet: S:SSR* Failure outlet: relay* Electrical wear resistance: 1 000 000 cycles* Indication: - green LED – indication for the measured (current) temperature - red LED – indication for the set temperature* Insulation resistance: 20 m min (500V)* Impulse voltage wear resistance: 2000V; 50Hz* Operating temperature: -5 - +65°C* Humidity: 35 – 85%RH

Mounting: * on the front panel

Ω

www.elmarkgroup.eu

E14

89

MSQ -40

200/5250/5300/5400/5500/5600/5

0.50.50.50.50.50.5

101010101010

0.600.600.600.600.600.60

45204А45254А45304А45404А45504А45604А

MSQ -60

400/5500/5600/5800/51000/51200/5

0.50.50.50.50.50.5

151515151515

0.600.600.600.600.600.60

45406А45506А45606А45806А45906А45916А

MSQ -30

50/575/5100/5150/5

0.50.50.50.5

5555

0.600.600.600.60

45050А45075А45103А45153А

Current measurement transformesr


Current measurement transformers MSQ – xx typeThe measurement transformers find application at current measuring, current regulation, systems for current characteristics watching, systems for reactive energy compensation, signaling, etc. They are with x/5 gear ratio as X is the inlet range of the transformer.

Technical data:* Maximum operating voltage: 720V; 50Hz* Admissible deviation of the operating current: 1.2 x In* Inlet current: 50 – 1200A* Outlet current: 5A* Impulse voltage wear resistance: 4000V; 50Hz (1min)* Operating temperature: -5-+65°C* Humidity: 35 – 85%RH* Precision class: 0.5

Mounting: * vertically or horizontally to the power supplying rails according to the opening of the transformer

Range CapacityVA

Weightkg

Catalogue numberPrecision class

Range CapacityVA

Weightkg


Range CapacityVA

Weightkg


Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 61010-1;EN 60044-1; EN 60044-6

www.elmarkgroup.eu

E15

90Voltage transformers

89

JBK5 - xxx main transformer

Functions:It reduces main voltage within standard range

* separates the galvanic power supply circuit from the operation circuit

Technical features:* Input voltage: 400 or 230 V* Output voltage: 230-110-48V or 110-48-24V* Frequency : 50/60Hz* Short circuit resistance: unstable* Temperature class: В (130ºC)* Construction: open (to be installed in other products)* Magnetic circuit: cold rolled electric furnace steel* Coils: pure electric copper* Protection degree: Ip00

Connection:* flexible or hard conductors of relevant section to terminals

Mounting:* Mounting in distribution boards or products* fastening: by means of screws/bolts to the surface* position: vertical* ambient temperature: -20 ÷+40ºС

C

Fd

D

E

G

EVT5 - 150VA

EVT5 - 150VA

EVT5 - 250VA

EVT5 - 250VA

EVT5 - 500VA

EVT5 - 500VA

EVT5 - 500VA

EVT5 - 500VA

EVT5 -1000VA

EVT5 - 1000VA

EVT5 - 1600VA

EVT5 - 1600VA

Type

C D E F G d

PowerVA

Initialvoltage

(V)

Secondaryvoltage

(V) Catalogue number

100

100

130

130

150

150

150

150

170

170

190

190

80

80

100

100

113

113

125

125

125

125

125

125

100

100

120

120

133

133

133

133

150

150

150

150

50

50

53

53

53

53

53

53

65

65

65

65

110

110

130

130

140

140

140

140

155

155

170

170

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

1 50

150

250

250

500

500

500

500

1000

1000

1600

1600

230

400

230

400

230

230

400

400

230

400

230

400

48-24-12

48-24-12

48-24-12

48-24-12

48-24-12

110-48-24

48-24-12

110-48-24

48-24-12

48-24-12

48-24-12

48-24-12

45241

45441

45242

45442

45245

45215

45445

45415

45241

45441

452416

454416

Dimensions

Documents corresponding tothe product:Standard EN 61010-1


Digital volt /amperemeter EKDP 15 A/VDigital device adjusted for DIN-rail mounting and offered in two types:

-amperemeter -voltmeter

It is supplied with LCD display where the measurement quantity is displayed with numbers with 31/2 size. It has high accuracy of analogue-digital transfer, measurement precision and electromagnetic interference stability. There is possibility for adjustment of the measurement range through built in micro switches. Adjusted to measure constant current

and alternating current quantities.

Technical data:* Power supply voltage: 100 - 240V; 50Hz

* Inlet signal: - operating as voltmeter: 2 – 700V (the range is adjusted from inside) - operating as amperemeter: 5 – 2000A (the range is adjusted from inside)

Note: At current range over 5A a current measurement transformer should be used* Consumption: <5A* Impulse voltage wear resistance: 4000V; 50Hz (1min)* Operating temperature: -5-+50°C* Humidity: 35 – 85%RH* Precision: 0.5% from the whole scale* Display: LCD* Weight: 150gr

Mounting:* DIN-rail

meter

(AD,DV) (AA,VA)


Digital and frequency meter EKDP7Digital device adjusted for mounting on the front panel of electrical boards and offered in the following types:

- amperemeter: EKDP7 – AA – amperemeter for alternating current EKDP7 – DA – amperemeter for direct current - voltmeter: EKDP7 – AV – voltmeter for alternating current EKDP7 – DV – voltmeter for direct current EKDP7 – Hz – frequency meter

It is supplied with LCD display where the measurement quantity is displayed with numbers with 31/2 size. It has high accuracy of analogue-digital transfer, measurement precision and electromagnetic interference stability. There is possibility for adjustment of the measurement range through built in micro switches. Adjusted to measure direct current and alternating current quantities.

Technical data:* Power supply voltage: 100 - 240V; 50Hz

* Inlet signal: - operating as voltmeter: 2 – 700V (the range is adjusted from inside) - operating as amperemeter: 5 – 2000A (the range is adjusted from inside

Note: For high current range a current measurement transformer should be used for alternating current device and a measurement shunt for direct current.

* Consumption: <5A* Impulse voltage wear resistance: 4000V; 50Hz (1min)* Operating temperature: -5-+50°C* Humidity: 35 – 85%RH* Precision: 0.5% from the whole scale* Display: LCD * Weight: 130gr

Mounting: * on the front panel

voltmeter/amperemeter



EKDP7-AVEKDP7-AAEKDP7-DVEKDP7-DAEKDP7-HZ

5010650107501085010950110


Displaying measurement devices

inlet

power supply

www.elmarkgroup.eu

E16

91


EKDP-15AAEKDP-15ADEKDP-15VAEKDP-15VD

50117A50117D50116A50116D

amperemeter АС

amperemeter АС

amperemeter АС

amperemeter АС

amperemeter АС

amperemeter АС

amperemeter АС

voltmeter АС*

frequency meter**

cosφ meter

amperemeter DC

amperemeter DC

voltmeter DC

voltmeter DC

wattmeter

wattmeter

wattmeter

-

current transfer 100/5






-

-

-

-

outer resistor 60mV

-

-

-

-

-

Range Note Catalogue number

50118

654010

654020

654040

654060

654100

654150

50125

50126

50127

50128

50129

50130

50131

50132

50133

50134

Precision class

0-40А

0-100А

0-200А

0-400А

0-600А

0-1000А

0-1500А

0-500V

45-65Hz

3P 400V

0-5A

0-50A

0-50V

0-100V

0-3000W 1P240V

0-3000W 3P 3 line

0-3000W 3P 4 line

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

0.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

MEMSI

MEMSI

MEMSI

MEMSI

MEMSI

MEMSI

MEMSI

MEMSI

МЕ

MEMSI

MEMC

MEMC

MEMC

MEMC

MEMSI

MEMSI

MEMSI

Type of the measurement system

Designationpanel meter

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Electronic electrometers for mounting on a DIN rail type DDS 722/DTS 722Electronic monophase and three-phase electrometers designed for measuring active energy adapted for mounting on DIN rail. They perform direct measuring of electric energy, while the measured quantity of electric energy is displayed on a seven-digit LCD display. No additional calibration of the system is needed. Technical characteristics:

* Direct measuring of current: up to 30 (100) А; 50/60Hz* Automatic temperature compensation * Light indication on loss of phase * Indication for reverse connection * Indication for faulty measuring* Measuring class: 1

Documents corresponding tothe product:Standard IEC 61036

E16

92

Note

73

68

44

4535

8863

88 6712

.5

75

127

Monophase Three-phase

Voltage(V)


Measuring rangeType designation

DDS722 - 10

DDS722 - 15

DDS722 - 30

DTS722 - 10

DTS722 - 15

DTS722 - 30

10 (40)

15 (60)

30 (100)

3x10 (40)

3x15 (60)

3x30 (100)

1

1

1

1

1

1

230

230

230

400

400

400

50210

50215

50230

50410

50415

50430

-

-

-

-

-

-

Analogue (pointer) panel meters SD72 type for build-inAnalogue devices adjusted for mounting on the front panel of electrical boards. Designed for frequency measurement, capacity, alternating or direct voltage and current of the power supply grid. They are manufactured on the basis of bridge measurement schemes. There is possibility for display change for the higher scopes of measuring.

Note: MEMSI - magnetic-electrical movable steel instrument; MEMC – magnetic-electrical movable coil* Possibility for supplying with voltage transformer X/100V for range expanding

** Possibility for voltage 110, 230, 400V



Displaying measurement devices

Digital multimeter ЕМ5510This is a digital device for measuring of humidity, illumination, temperature and all electric values. It features automatic range adjustment, manual value selection. It has an LCD display showing the measured value in digits with the size of 3 ¾ . It is of high accuracy of analogue-digital conversion, precision in measuring and resistance to electro-magnetic interferences. It has an automatic switch off.Technical features:

* DC voltage: 0.4 / 4 / 40 / 400 / 600 V* AC voltage : 4 / 40 / 400 / 600V* DC current: 400μ / 4000μ / 40m / 400m / 10A* AC current: 400μ / 4000μ / 40m / 400m / 10A* Resistance: 400 / 4K / 40K / 400K / 4M / 40MΩ* Capacitors: 4η / 40η / 400η / 4μ / 40μ / 100μF* Frequency: 10 / 100 / 1k / 10k / 100k / 200kHz* Loading cycles: from 0.1% to 99.9%* Temperature: -20° up to 1000°С* Humidity: 30% to 95%* Illumination: 4000 Lux / 40000 Lux* Noise level: 35 to 100dB* Circuit control: yes* Diodes control: yes* Weight: 310 g (including battery)* Battery: 1x9V* Dimensions: 83 х 162 х 47mm


Manual meterswww.elmarkgroup.eu

E17

93

Cat. №5195510

Digital multimeter ЕМ420CThis is a digital device for measuring of humidity, illumination, temperature and all electric values. It features automatic range adjustment, manual value selection. It has an LCD display showing the measured value in 4 digits with the size of 16 mm. It is of high accuracy of analogue-digital conversion, precision in measuring and resistance to electro-magnetic interferences. It has an automatic switch off.Technical features:

* DC voltage: 200m/ 2 / 20 / 200 / 600 V * AC voltage : 2 / 20 / 200 / 600V* DC current: 200μ / 2000μ / 20m / 200m / 2 / 10A * AC current: 00μ / 2000μ / 20m / 200m / 2 / 10A* Resistance: 200 / 2K / 20K / 200K / 2M / 20MΩ* Temperature: -20° up to 1000°С* Battery test: 1.5 / 3 / 9 / 12 V* Circuit control: yes* Diodes control: yes* Weight: 200 g (including battery)* battery: 3x1.5 V* dimensions: 75 х 158 х 35mm

Cat. №519420

Digital multimeter ЕМ3055This is a digital device for measuring of all electric values. It features manual range adjustment. It has an LCD display showing the measured value in 4 digits with the size of 3 ½ . It is of high accuracy of analogue-digital conversion, precision in measuring and resistance to electro-magnetic interferences.Technical features:

* DC voltage: 200m/ 2 / 20 / 200 / 1000 V* AC voltage: 2 / 20 / 200 / 750V* DC current: 2m / 20m / 200m / 10A* AC current: 200m / 10A* Resistance: 200 / 2K / 20K / 200K / 2M / 20M / 200MΩ* Capacity: 2000p / 20η / 200η / 20μF* Temperature: 0° up to 1000°С* Battery test: 1.5 / 3 / 9 / 12 V* Transistor test: Vce≈3V , Ib≈10μF

* Circuit control: yes* Diodes control: yes* Weight: 495 g (including battery)* battery: 1x9V* dimensions: 97 х 200 х 48mm

Cat. №5193055

www.elmarkgroup.eu


E17

94Manual meters

Digital multimeter EM3058This is a digital device for measuring of temperature and all electric values. It features manual range adjustment, manual value selection. It has an LCD display showing the measured value in digits with the size of 3 ¾ . It is of high accuracy of analogue-digital conversion, precision in measuring and resistance to electro-magnetic interferences. It has an automatic switch off.

Technical features:* DC voltage: 200m/ 2 / 20 / 200 / 1000 V* AC voltage: 200 m / 2 / 20 / 200 / 750V* DC current: 20μ / 200 μ / 2m / 200m / 10A* AC current: 20μ / 200μ / 2m / 200m / 2 / 10A* Resistance: 200 / 2K / 20K / 200K / 2M / 20M / 200MΩ* Capacitors: 2η / 20η / 200η / 2μ / 20μF* Frequency: 20kHz to 2000kHz* Loading cycles: 0.1% to 99.9%* Temperature: 0° up to 1000°С* Logical level: High > 2.0 V; Low < 0.8 V* Circuit control: yes* Diodes control: yes* Weight: 495 g (including battery)* battery: 1x9V* dimensions: 97 х 200 х 47 mm

Digital multimeter ЕМ31This is a digital device for measuring of electric values. It features automatic range adjustment, manual value selection. It has an LCD display showing the measured value in 4 digits with the size of 16 mm. It is of high accuracy of analogue-digital conversion, precision in measuring and resistance to electro-magnetic interferences. It has an automatic switch off and low battery indication.

Technical features:* DC voltage: 240m/ 2400m / 24 / 240 / 600 V* AC voltage: 240m/ 2400m / 24 / 240 / 600 V* DC current: 240μ / 2400μ / 24m / 240m / 10A* AC current: 240μ / 2400μ / 24m / 240m / 10A* Resistance: 240 / 2400 / 24K / 240K / 2400K / 24MΩ* Capacity: 25η to 252μF* Frequency: 50 / 500 / 5000 / 50k / 0.5 MHz* Circuit control: yes* Diodes control: yes* Weight: 137 g (including battery)* battery: 2x1.5 V* dimensions: 70 х 126 х 28mm

Cat. №519031

Digital multimeter / pen ЕМ3215This is a digital device for measuring of electric values in the form of a pen. It features automatic range adjustment, manual value selection. It has an LCD display, data retain function, automatic reset, polarity selection, range overload indication. It is of high accuracy of analogue-digital conversion, precision in measuring and resistance to electro-magnetic interferences. It has an automatic switch off and low battery indication and a torch.

Technical features:* DC voltage: 200m/ 2 / 20 / 200 / 600 V* AC voltage: 2 / 20 / 200 / 600V* DC current: 20m to 200mA* AC current: 20m to 200mA* Resistance: 200 / 2K / 20K / 200K / 2M / 20MΩ* Logical level: High > 2.3V; Low < 0.8 V* Circuit control: yes* Diodes control: yes* Weight: 182 g (including battery)* battery: 1x9V* dimensions: 57 х 230 х 30mm

Cat. №5193215

Cat. №5193058

Digital clamp meter EM202This is a digital clamp meter for measuring of electric values. It features manual range adjustment, manual value selection. It has an LCD display showing the measured value in digits with the size of 3½ mm. It is of high accuracy of analogue-digital conversion, precision in measuring and resistance to electro-magnetic interferences. It has an automatic switch off.Technical features:

* DC voltage: 1000 V* AC voltage: 750V* AC current: 20 / 200 / 1000A* Resistance: 200 kΩ* Temperature: -40° up to 1400°С* Circuit control: yes* Diodes control: yes* Weight: 400 g (including battery)* battery: 1x9V* dimensions: 99 х 250 х 43mm


Manual meterswww.elmarkgroup.eu

E17

95

Cat. №519202

Digital clamp meter EM204This is a digital clamp meter for measuring of electric values. It features automatic range adjustment, manual value selection. It has an LCD display, low battery indication, overload protection. It is of high accuracy of analogue-digital conversion, precision in measuring and resistance to electro-magnetic interferences. It has an automatic switch off.Technical features:

* DC voltage: 1000 V* AC voltage: 750V* DC current: 200 / 1000A* AC current: 200 / 1000A* Resistance: 200 kΩ* Frequency: 2 kHz* Temperature: -40° up to 1400°С* Circuit control: yes* Diodes control: yes* Weight: 400 g (including battery)* battery: 1x9V* dimensions: 99 х 250 х 43mm

Cat. №519204

Digital clamp meter EM266This is a digital clamp meter for measuring of electric values. It features manual range adjustment. It has an LCD display and retain function option, low battery indication and overload protection.Technical features:

* DC voltage: 1000 V* AC voltage: 750V* AC current: 200 / 1000A* Resistance: 200 / 20 kΩ* Circuit control: yes* Diodes control: yes* Weight: 310 g (including battery)* battery: 1x9V* dimensions: 69 х 229 х 38mm

Cat. №519266

Infrared temperature meter EM520AThis is a digital device for measuring of temperature.The temperature is measured with no contact. It has a laser counter for precision measuring, suitable large LCD display, battery low indication and overload protection.Technical features:

* Temperature: -20° up to 320°С / -4° to 608 °F* Distance to point size: 6:1* Precision: ±2° C or 2% in reading* battery: 1x9V* dimensions: 90 х 155 х 45mm

Cat. №519520

www.elmarkgroup.eu


E17

96Manual meters

Phase meter Gk7A device indicating phase availability in the system. No contact phase indicator featuring sound and light indication of phase availability.

Technical features:* Voltage range: from 50 to 1000V* Frequency range: from 50 Hz to 500 Hz* dimensions: length – 62mm

Digital detector 4 in 1 series TS530This is a device for detecting metals, voltage and live conductors, wooden struts, or piping sections. The device has a 2-meter measuring tape. It features light and sound indication. When an object is located, the display light blinks and marks with increasing position. Once the exact position is located, a light point is marked on the wall through a button.

Technical features:* 2-meter measuring tape* Pen: marking the located detail* Piping section: metal pipe up to 25mm* Wooden struts: 30x30mm* Live conductors detection: 50mm for 90 ~ 250V; 50/60Hz* Weight: 213 g (including battery)* battery: 1x9 V* dimensions: 73 x 180 x 32mm

Cat. №519530

Industrial repair kit ETK06AA finely packaged repair kit containing four elements in a metal briefcase, sealed with special plastic foam and struts for each instrument.

The kit includes:

* Digital multimeter EM420* Digital clamp-on ammeter EM465* Phase meter GK7* Infrared temperature meter EM520A

Cat № 51906A

Cat. №519GK7

Accessorieswww.elmarkgroup.eu

E18

97

Cat.№ 5001

8-12

230

5012

5220

Plug for mounting on DIN rail Plug German type type for Din rail mounting. It provides plug presence in electric boards and easy cabling. * Supply voltage: 230V* Computing option: up to 16А* Operation temperature: from -10 up to +40°С* Humidity: up to 85%RH

Mounting method: * DIN rail

Bell


Bell transformerModified for power supply of bells and other signal devices with alternating voltage 8V, 12V, 24V and capacity up to 3.8A.* The voltage of the primary winding voltage is 230V* Mounting on DIN-rail

Type Un (V) Catalogue number

BellUsed for sound signalization in housing and industrial buildings.* Sound level: 80 dBConsumption:

-3.6VA for power supply 8 -12V-5VA for power supply 230V

* Mounting on DIN-rail

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Elements for automation, monitoring and control

Limit switches

F1

98

The all-purpose limit switches are installed on transport lines, conveyors and other linear progressive motion machines. The miniature limit switch is mounted in an aluminum shell, resistant to vibrations, lubricants and water.Product conformity documentation:Standard: EN 60947-1; EN 60947-5-1All-purpose limit switch – series TZ-6xxx

* Dielectric strength: 1000V AC* Insulating resistance: 100mΩ* Contact resistance: 15mΩ* Electrical endurance (number of cycles): 500 000 with active load* Mechanical endurance (number of cycles): 10 000 000* Gearing speed: 0.1mm/s to 0.5 m/s* Rated voltage: 230V* Protection degree: IP65* Cable input: cable gland PG11* Section of power supply conductor: up to 1.5mm2

-

15А-active

5A-inductive466001TZ-60015.5mm0.5mm115g350g

metalcylinder

oil-resistant metal cylinder

800g 240g 2mm 5mm TZ - 6101 466101

oil-resistantcylinder withmetal roll

500g 100g 1mm 3.5mm TZ - 6102 466102

oil-resistanthorizontal leverwith metal roll

640g 230g 5mm 6mm TZ - 6104 466104

oil-resistantvertical leverwith metal roll

TZ -6143 466143640g 230g 5mm 6mm

springlever 150g 20° TZ - 6106 466106-

Type ofthe head

Power ofstarting

Power ofrelease

Switching position

General movement

Rated current

Type Cataloguenumber

Type ofthe head

Power ofstarting

Power ofrelease

Switching position

General movement

Rated current


Type ofthe head

Power ofstarting

Power ofrelease

Switching position

General movement

Rated current


Type ofthe head

Power ofstarting

Power ofrelease

Switching position

General movement

Rated current


Type ofthe head

Power ofstarting

Power ofrelease

Switching position

General movement

Rated current


Type ofthe head

Power ofstarting

Power ofrelease

Switching position

General movement

Rated current


15А-active

5A-inductive

15А-active

5A-inductive

15А-active

5A-inductive

15А-active

5A-inductive

www.elmarkgroup.eu

F1

99

The all-purpose limit switches are devices used in automatic systems as a control element. They are used for setting of gearing limits. They are mounted on transport lines, conveyors and other linear progressive motion machines. They feature a vibration-resistant metal shell.Product conformity documentation:Standard: EN 60947-1; EN 60947-5-1All-purpose limit switch – series SCA-xxx

* Dielectric strength: 1000V AC* Insulating resistance: 100mΩ* Electrical endurance (number of cycles): 500 000 with active load* Mechanical endirance (number of cycles): 1 000 000* Gearing speed: 5mm/s to 0.5 m/s* Rated voltage: 230V* Rated current: up to 10A* Protection degree: IP65* Cable input: cable gland PG11* Section of power supply conductor: up to 2mm2* Fastening strength of terminals: 6-8kgf/cm

metalcylinder 800g 400g 2.0mm 5.8mm CSA - 001 46А001

cylinderwith metalroll

CSA - 003 46А003800g 400g 2.0mm 5.8mm

CSA - 012 46А012horizontallever withmetal roll

800g 400g 2.0mm 5.8mm

adjustablelever withmetal roll

400g 100g 22.5° 95° CSA - 031 46А031

lever withmetalroll

CSA - 021 46А021400g 100g 22.5° 95°

springlever 150g 50g 22.5° 50mm CSA - 081 46А081

10А-active

4А-inductive


Limit switches

10А-active

4А-inductive

10А-active

4А-inductive

10А-active

4А-inductive

10А-active

4А-inductive

10А-active

4А-inductive

Type ofthe head

Power ofstarting

Power ofrelease

Switching position

General movement

Rated current


Type ofthe head

Power ofstarting

Power ofrelease

Switching position

General movement

Rated current


Type ofthe head

Power ofstarting

Power ofrelease

Switching position

General movement

Rated current


Type ofthe head

Power ofstarting

Power ofrelease

Switching position

General movement

Rated current


Type ofthe head

Power ofstarting

Power ofrelease

Switching position

General movement

Rated current


Type ofthe head

Power ofstarting

Power ofrelease

Switching position

General movement

Rated current


www.elmarkgroup.eu

F1

100

The all-purpose limit switches are devices used for setting gearing limits. They are mounted on transport lines, conveyors and other linear progressive motion machines. They have small dimensions and a vibration-resistant metal shell with plastic lid, resistant to oil and water.Product conformity documentation:Standard: EN 60947-1; EN 60947-5-1All-purpose limit switch – series TZ-8xxx

* Dielectric strength: 1000V AC* Insulating resistance: 100mΩ* Electrical endurance (number of cycles): 500 000 with active load* Mechanical endurance (number of cycles): 5 000 000* Gearing speed: 5mm/s to 0.5 m/s* Rated voltage: 230V* Rated current: up to 10A* Protection degree: IP65* Cable input: cable gland PG11* Section of power supply conductor: up to 2mm2* Fastening strength of terminals: 6-8kgf/cm


-

lever withplasticroll 750g 100g 20° 50°

5А-active3А-inductive TZ - 8104 468104

adjustablelever withplasticroll

TZ - 8108 468108750g 100g 20° 50°

900g 150g 1.5mm 4.0mm TZ - 8112 468112

TZ - 8111 468111metalcylinder 900g 150g 1.5mm 4.0mm

metalrod 750g 100g 20° 50° TZ -8107 468107

springlever 150g 30mm TZ - 8167 468167-


Limit switches

Type ofthe head

Power ofstarting

Power ofrelease

Switching position

General movement

Rated current


Type ofthe head

Power ofstarting

Power ofrelease

Switching position

General movement

Rated current


Type ofthe head

Power ofstarting

Power ofrelease

Switching position

General movement

Rated current


Type ofthe head

Power ofstarting

Power ofrelease

Switching position

General movement

Rated current


Type ofthe head

Power ofstarting

Power ofrelease

Switching position

General movement

Rated current


Type ofthe head

Power ofstarting

Power ofrelease

Switching position

General movement

Rated current


5А-active3А-inductive





www.elmarkgroup.eu

F1

101

The all-purpose limit switches are devices used for setting gearing limits. They are mounted on transport lines, conveyors and other linear progressive motion machines. They have aluminium shell of high mechanic strength and resistance to oil, water and pressure.Product conformity documentation:Standard: EN 60947-1; EN 60947-5-1All-purpose limit switch – series CWL-xxx

* Dielectric strength: 1000V AC* Insulating resistance: 100mΩ* Contact resistance: 15mΩ* Electrical endurance (number of cycles): 500 000 with active load* Mechanical endurance (number of cycles): 10 000 000* Gearing speed: 1mm/s to 2 m/s* Rated voltage: 230V* Protection degree: IP65* Cable input: cable gland* Metal shell* Vibration-resistant

metalcylinder 2720g 910g 2.0mm

10А-active3А-inductive6.4mm CWLD 46LD


5.6mm CWLD2 46LD22720g 910g 2.0mm

lever with metalroll

1360g 227g 20° 50° CWLCA2-2 46LCA2-2

adjustablelever with metal roll

2720g 910g 20° 50° CWLCA12-2-Q 46LCA12-2-Q

fork 1200g 55° 90±10° CWLCA32-41 46LCA32-41

oil-resistantspringlever

150g 28mm CWLNJ 46LNJ

-

-

metal rod 142g 28g 20° 50° CWLCL 46LCL

Type ofthe head

Power ofstarting

Power ofrelease

Switching position

General movement

Rated current



Limit switches







Type ofthe head

Power ofstarting

Power ofrelease

Switching position

General movement

Rated current


Type ofthe head

Power ofstarting

Power ofrelease

Switching position

General movement

Rated current


Type ofthe head

Power ofstarting

Power ofrelease

Switching position

General movement

Rated current


Type ofthe head

Power ofstarting

Power ofrelease

Switching position

General movement

Rated current


Type ofthe head

Power ofstarting

Power ofrelease

Switching position

General movement

Rated current


www.elmarkgroup.euProximity sensor

F2

102

Proximity induction sensors are all-purpose switches used in machine systems and equipment for no contact surveillance of metal elements motion. They can also be used in other machine systems applications as no contact control sensors for level of liquids, control sensors for the speed and position of rotating chains, etc. They are developed on the base of PNP and NPN transition. They have small dimensions and feature a metal cylindrical shell resistant to vibrations and a plastic lid which is oil and water resistant.

All-purpose proximity switch – series LM xx* Insulating resistance: ≥ 50 M Ω* Gearing distance: from 2 mm to 7 mm* Precision of repetition: 0.01* Ambient temperature: -25˚С to +70˚С* Gearing speed: 5mm/s* Rated voltage: 6~36VDC; 90~230VAC* Protection degree: IP 67

EL-LM8-3002NA

EL-LM8-3002NB

EL-LM8-3002PA

EL-LM8-3002PB

EL-LM8-2002A

Startdistance


Min. sizeof object

Power supply voltage

Type oftransition

Type of contact

Outputload

2 mm

2 mm

2 mm

2 mm

2 mm

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

230 VAC

NPN

NPN

PNP

PNP

SCR

NO

NC

NO

NC

NO

8 x 8 x 1

8 x 8 x 1

8 x 8 x 1

8 x 8 x 1

8 x 8 x 1

130 mA

130 mA

130 mA

130 mA

150 mA

46LM 8-32NA

46LM 8-32NB

46LM 8-32PA

46LM 8-32PB

46LM 8-22A

EL-LM12-3004NA

EL-LM12-3004NB

EL-LM12-3004PA

EL-LM12-3004PB

EL-LM12-2004A

4 mm

4 mm

4 mm

4 mm

4 mm

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

230 VAC

NPN

NPN

PNP

PNP

SCR

NO

NC

NO

NC

NO

15 x 15 x 1

15 x 15 x 1

15 x 15 x 1

15 x 15 x 1

15 x 15 x 1

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

300 mA

46LM 12-34NA

46LM 12-34NB

46LM 12-34PA

46LM 12-34PB

46LM 12-24A

EL-LM18-3008NA

EL-LM18-3008NB

EL-LM18-3008PA

EL-LM18-3008PB

EL-LM18-2008A

8 mm

8 mm

8 mm

8 mm

8 mm

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

230 VAC

NPN

NPN

PNP

PNP

SCR

NO

NC

NO

NC

NO

18 x 18 x 1

18 x 18 x 1

18 x 18 x 1

18 x 18 x 1

18 x 18 x 1

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

300 mA

46LM 18-38NA

46LM 18-38NB

46LM 18-38PA

46LM 18-38PB

46LM 18-28A

EL-LM22-3010NA

EL-LM22-3010NB

EL-LM22-3010PA

EL-LM22-3010PB

EL-LM22-2010A

10 mm

10 mm

10 mm

10 mm

10 mm

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

230 VAC

NPN

NPN

PNP

PNP

SCR

NO

NC

NO

NC

NO

22 x 22 x 1

22 x 22 x 1

22 x 22 x 1

22 x 22 x 1

22 x 22 x 1

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

300 mA

46LM 22-30NA

46LM 22-30NB

46LM 22-30PA

46LM 22-30PB

46LM 22-20A

EL-LM12-4002A

EL-LM12-4002B

EL-LM12-4004A

EL-LM12-4004B

2 mm

2 mm

4 mm

4 mm

230 V

230 V

230 V

230 V

inductive

inductive

inductive

inductive

NO

NC

NO

NC

15 x 15 x 1

15 x 15 x 1

15 x 15 x 1

15 x 15 x 1

100 mA

100 mA

300 mA

300 mA

46LM 12-44A

46LM 12-44B

46LM 12-44A

46LM 12-44B

EL-LM18-4002A

EL-LM18-4002B

EL-LM18-4004A

EL-LM18-4004B

5 mm

5 mm

8 mm

8 mm

230 V

230 V

230 V

230 V

NO

NC

NO

NC

18 x 18 x 1

18 x 18 x 1

18 x 18 x 1

18 x 18 x 1

100 mA

100 mA

300 mA

300 mA

46LM 18-44A

46LM 18-44B

46LM 18-44A

46LM 18-44B

Object LC circuit Switch Terminal repeater

L C

EL-LM8

EL-LM12

EL-LM18

EL-LM22


Startdistance


Min. sizeof object


Type oftransition

Type of contact

Outputload

Startdistance


Min. sizeof object


Type oftransition

Type of contact

Outputload

Startdistance


Min. sizeof object


Type oftransition

Type of contact

Outputload

Startdistance


Min. sizeof object


Type oftransition

Type of contact

Outputload

Startdistance


Min. sizeof object


Type oftransition

Type of contact

Outputload

inductive

inductive

inductive

inductive

Capacitive sensorswww.elmarkgroup.eu

F3

103

Capacitive sensors are used in machine systems and equipment for no-contact motion surveillance. They consist of two coaxial electrodes, a condenser and RC generator. This type of sensors reacts to both metal and non-metal objects, as the gearing distance for non-metal objects depends on their dielectric constants. They allow gearing distance adjustment for non-magnetic conductive materials. They are developed on the base of PNP and NPN transition. They have small dimensions and feature a metal cylindrical shell resistant to vibrations and a plastic lid which is oil and water resistant.

Capacitive sensors – series CM xx* Insulating resistance: ≥ 50 M Ω* Gearing distance: from 2 mm to 15 mm* Precision of repetition: 0.01* Ambient temperature: -25˚С to +70˚С* Gearing speed: 5mm/s* Rated voltage: 6~36VDC; 90~230VAC* Protection degree: IP 54

EL-CM12-3004NA

EL-CM12-3004NB

EL-CM12-3004PA

EL-CM12-3004PB

0~4 mm

0~4 mm

0~4 mm

0~4 mm

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

NPN

NPN

PNP

PNP

NO

NC

NO

NC

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

46CM 12-32NA

46CM 12-32NB

46CM 12-32PA

46CM 12-32PB

EL-CM18-3008NA

EL-CM18-3008NB

EL-CM18-3008PA

EL-CM18-3008PB

EL-CM18-2008A

0~8 mm

0~8 mm

0~8 mm

0~8 mm

0~8 mm

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

230 VAC

NPN

NPN

PNP

PNP

SCR

NO

NC

NO

NC

NO

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

300 mA

46CM 18-38NA

46CM 18-38NB

46CM 18-38PA

46CM 18-38PB

46CM 18-28A

EL-CM24-3012NA

EL-CM24-3012NB

EL-CM24-3012PA

EL-CM24-3012PB

EL-CM24-2012A

8 mm

8 mm

8 mm

8 mm

8 mm

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

230 VAC

NPN

NPN

PNP

PNP

SCR

NO

NC

NO

NC

NO

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

300 mA

46CM 24-12NA

46CM 24-12NB

46CM 24-12PA

46CM 24-12PB

46CM 24-12A

EL-SM12-3110NA

EL-SM12-3110NB

EL-SM18-3110PA

EL-SM18-3110PB

10 mm

10 mm

10 mm

10 mm

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

NPN

NPN

PNP

PNP

NO

NC

NO

NC

Sensor of Hall

Sensor of Hall

Sensor of Hall

Sensor of Hall

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

46SM 12-31NA

46SM 12-31NB

46SM 18-31PA

46SM 18-31PB

EL-XM18-305PMII

EL-XM18-305PMU

EL-XM24-308PMI

EL-XM24-308PMU

5 mm

5 mm

8 mm

8 mm

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

индуктивен




NO

NC

NO

NC

current type

voltage type

current type

voltage type

100 mA

100 mA

300 mA

300 mA

46XM 18-35A

46XM 18-35B

46XM 24-38A

46XM 24-38B

Object Inductivesurface

RC generator Switch Outputamplifier stage

General scheme of a capacitive transducer

EL-CM12

EL-CM18

EL-CM24

EL-SM12

EL-XM18


Startdistance


NotePower supply voltage

Type oftransition

Type of contact

Outputload

Startdistance



Type oftransition

Type of contact

Outputload

Startdistance



Type oftransition

Type of contact

Outputload

Startdistance



Type oftransition

Type of contact

Outputload

Startdistance



Type oftransition

Type of contact

Outputload

www.elmarkgroup.euPhotoelectrical sensors

F4

104

Photoelectrical sensors of the Gxx series are all-purpose switches used in machine systems and equipment for no contact surveillance of motion of elements. They are based on the photoelectric principle of operation – inside the sensor there is a photo signal emitter and receiver of the returned signal. There are three types of sensors: diffuse sensors, reflector sensors and emitter-receiver sensors. These types of sensors differ in the way of returning the signal. They allow for gearing distance adjustment. They are developed on the base of PNP and NPN transition. They have small dimensions and feature a metal cylindrical shell resistant to vibrations and a plastic lid which is oil and water resistant.

Technical features:* Insulating resistance: ≥ 50 M Ω* Gearing distance: from 2 mm to 7 mm* Precision of repetition: 0.01* Ambient temperature: -25˚С to +70˚С* Gearing speed: 5mm/s* Ratedl voltage: 6~36VDC; 90~230VAC* Protection degree: IP 67

EL-G12-3A07NA

EL-G12-3A07PA

EL-G12-3B1NA

EL-G12-3B1PA

EL-G12-3C3NA

EL-G12-3C3PA

70 mm

70 mm

1 m

1 m

3 m

3 m

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

NPN

PNP

NPN

PNP

NPN

PNP

Ø12; l=50

Ø12; l=50

Ø12; l=50

Ø12; l=50

Ø12; l=50

Ø12; l=50

Diffuse

Diffuse

Reflector

Reflector

Truth beam

Truth beam

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

46G12A071

46G12A072

46G123B11

46G123B12

46G123C11

46G123C12

EL-BZJ-211

EL-BZJ-311

EL-BZJ-411

10 mm

9mm

9mm

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

Reflector

Reflector

Reflector

NO

NO

NO

Colour detector

Colour detector

Colour detector

<200 mA

<200 mA

<200 mA

46BZJ211

46BZJ311

46BZJ411

EL-G18-3A10NA

EL-G18-3A10PA

EL-G18-3B2NA

EL-G18-3B2PA

EL-G18-3C5NA

EL-G18-3C5PA

100 mm

mm

m

m

m

m

100

2

2

5

5

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

NPN

PNP

NPN

PNP

NPN

PNP

Ø18; l=70

Ø18; l=70

Ø18; l=70

Ø18; l=70

Ø18; l=70

Ø18; l=70

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

46G18A101

46G18A102

46G183B11

46G183B12

46G185C11

46G185C12

EL-G30-3A70NA

EL-G30-3A70PA

EL-G30-3B3NA

EL-G30-3B3PA

EL-G30-3C101NA

EL-G30-3C101PA

500 mm

5 mm

3 m

3 m

10 m

10 m

00

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

NPN

PNP

NPN

PNP

NPN

PNP

Ø22; l=70

Ø22; l=70

Ø22; l=70

Ø22; l=70

Ø22; l=70

Ø22; l=70

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

46G30A101

46G30A102

46G303B11

46G303B12

46G305C11

46G305C12

EL-G35-3A50NA

EL-G35-3A50PA

EL-G35-3B3NA

EL-G35-3B3PA

EL-G35-3C5NA

EL-G35-3C5PA

500 mm

5 mm

3 m

3 m

5 m

5 m

00

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

NPN

PNP

NPN

PNP

NPN

PNP

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

46G35A101

46G35A102

46G353B11

46G353B12

46G355C11

46G355C12

EL-G50-3A30NA

EL-G50-3A30PA

EL-G50-3B4NA

EL-G50-3B4PA

EL-G50-3C5NA

EL-G50-3C5PA

500 mm

5 mm

4 m

4 m

5 m

5 m

00

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

NPN

PNP

NPN

PNP

NPN

PNP

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

200 mA

46G50A101

46G50A102

46G503B11

46G503B12

46G505C11

46G505C12

Truth beam type

Emitter Receiver

Object

Reflector type

Emitter-receiver

Object

Reflector

Diffuse type

EmitterObject

EL-G12

EL-G18

EL-G30

EL-G35

EL-G50

EL-BZJ


Startdistance


Type ofsensor


Type oftransition

Type of contact

Outputload

Startdistance


Type ofsensor


Type oftransition

Type of contact

Outputload

Startdistance


Type ofsensor


Type oftransition

Type of contact

Outputload

Startdistance


Type ofsensor


Type oftransition

Type of contact

Outputload

Startdistance


Type ofsensor


Type oftransition

Type of contact

Outputload

Startdistance


Type ofsensor


Type oftransition

Type of contact

Outputload

Diffuse

Diffuse

Reflector

Reflector

Truth beam

Truth beam

Diffuse

Diffuse

Reflector

Reflector

Truth beam

Truth beam

Diffuse

Diffuse

Reflector

Reflector

Truth beam

Truth beam

Diffuse

Diffuse

Reflector

Reflector

Truth beam

Truth beam


Rotary switches LW26 series

The rotary switches LW26 series are produced for switching on/off electrical circuits with commutated current from 20 to 160A. They are designed on the bases of the rotor-eccentric switching on which is realized through turning of the handle to 60 or 90 degrees. The normal operation is used for commutation of two, three or four conductor systems. There are special rotary switches that switch on under given connection schemes and are used to control motors, electric welding machines and other consumers.

Documentation corresponding to the product:Standard: EN 60947-1; EN 60947-3-1

Technical data:* Power supply voltage: 230/400V; 50Hz* Insulation voltage: 690V* Impulse voltage wear resistance: 6000V

5* Mechanical wear resistance: 3x10 commutation cycles* Operating temperature: -10 - +50°C* Humidity: 35 – 85% RH* Commuting capacity: up to 160A according to the tables* Plastic: UV rays wear resistance * : - IP42 for the ordinary breakers mounted in a panel - IP65 for the breakers offered in a box* Cable connection: screw joining* Tightening moment of the bolt: 1.33N* Maximum section of the power supply conductors: according to the dimensions table * Weight: according to the number of the contacts

Mounting: * directly to the control panel * thickness of the surface to which it is mounted: max 5mm

Designation Front panel Overall dimensions ) Mounting dimensions

2conductor (mm ) A B C L a b d1 d2

LW26-20 M1 panel 1x2.5 48 48 43 22 + 9.6n 36 36 Ø8.5 Ø4.5

M1 panel with inscription field 48 60 43 22 + 9.6n 36 36 Ø8.5 Ø4.5

LW26-25 M1 panel 1x4.0 48 48 45.2 23+12.8n 36 36 Ø8.5 Ø4.5

LW26-32 M2 panel 1x6.0 64 64 58 29.2 + 12.8n 48 48 Ø10 Ø4.5

LW26-63 M2 panel 1x16 64 64 66 29.2 + 21.5n 48 48 Ø10 Ø4.5

LW26-125 M3 panel 1x35 88 88 84 35 + 26.5n 68 68 Ø13 Ø6

LW26-160 M3 panel 1x50 88 88 88 35 + 32.5n 68 68 Ø13 Ø6

Joining (mm (mm)

Dimensions

Rotary switcheswww.elmarkgroup.eu

F5

105

www.elmarkgroup.eu


Rotary switches

Note: It is necessary that additional bridges be placed at switching over between charging

F5

106

In (A)

20

25

32

63

125

160

2

2

2

2

2

2

LW26 - 20Q

LW26 - 25Q

LW26 - 32Q

LW26 - 63Q

LW26 - 125Q

LW26 - 160Q

492201

492251

492321

492631

492951

492961

In (A)

20

25

32

63

2

2

2

2

LW26GS - 20/04

LW26GS - 25/04

LW26GS - 32/04

LW26GS - 63/04

492207

492257

492327

492637

In (A)

20

25

32

63

125

160

3

3

3

3

3

3

LW26 - 20N

LW26 - 25N

LW26 - 32N

LW26 - 63N

LW26 - 125N

LW26 - 160N

492202

492252

492322

492632

492952

492962

In (A)

25

63

125

160

4

4

4

4

LW26 - 25S

LW26 - 63S

LW26 - 125S

LW26 - 160S

492253

492633

492953

492963

Catalogue numberLevelsScheme Type number



Q10three-poles

switching on;motor starting and

stopping;voltage turning

on/off to the consumers

Q11three-poles switching

over;motor starting and

stopping;voltage turning on/off to

the consumers; possibility for access

control

S193-position –

2 start positions and 1 stop;

for two speed motor control;

switching over between charging*


N113-position –

2 start positions and 1 stop;

for motor reversing

In (A)


Rotary switches

0

www.elmarkgroup.eu

F5

107

In (A)

32

63

3

3

LW26 - 32H 5881/3

LW26 - 63H 5881/3

492324

492634

In (A)

20 3 LW26 - 20 YH5/3 492205

20 3 LW26 - 20 LH3/3 492206

492037

492038

492039

LW26 - 20-25-Q

LW26 - 32-Q

LW26 - 20-25-DIN

42

42

In (A)

25

63

4

4

LW26 - 25 SD

LW26 - 63 SD

492025

492063

H5881/3 – 85for welding transformer windings switching over

YH5/3 - 66 for voltage switching over

LH3/3 - 58 for amperemeter switching on to

current transformers

Box for LW26-20/25

Box for LW26-32

Adaptor for DIN-rail

for LW26-20/25

IP codeIP

S213-position

switching on star/delta


Catalogue number

Catalogue number

LevelsScheme

Scheme

Type number



Type number

In (A)

www.elmarkgroup.eu

4.I7168/7

01

2

34

5

6

7 O 1 2 3 54 6 7

1 2

3 4

5 6

7 8

9 10

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

12

14

16

18

20

22

24

26

28

In (A)Scheme Levels Type number Catalogue N

4.I7168/7 20 7 LW26 4.I7168/7 492028

IP55 LW30-20-100AON/OFF switch 3 poles

L1

T1

L2

T2

L3

T3

In (A)

LW30-32 32 3 LW30-32 IP54 492032

* Possibility for access control

12

3

45

6

7

4.H6518/5

1 2 3 54 6 7

1 2

3 4

5 6

7 8

9 10

11

13

15

17

19

12

14

16

18

20

4.H6518/5 25 5 LW26 4.H6518/5 492029

LW30-20-100AON/OFF switch 3 poles

L1

T1

L2

T2

L3

T3

In (A)

LW30-20

LW30-32

LW30-40

LW30-63

20

32

40

63

3

3

3

3

LW30-20

LW30-32

LW30-40

LW30-63

492030

492031

492033

492034

* Possibility for access control


Rotary switches

F5

108

PolesScheme Type number Catalogue N

PolesScheme Type number Catalogue N

Scheme Levels Type number Catalogue NIn (A)


Buttons and LED indicatorsThese are devices used in control and indication systems, command boards and panels in industrial automation systems. They are manufactured to commutate controlling circuits and to control the switching on or off executive mechanisms such as relays, contactors, etc. The signal lamps and indicators find broad application in all industrial fields. The devices endure short time current overload up to 10A, and normally they can commutate thermal current up to 6A in their contact system. The connection to the contact terminals is through screw terminals to which operational conductors with section

2up to 2.5mm can be joined.

Documentation corresponding to the product:Standard: EN 60947-1; EN 60947-5-1

Technical data:* Insulation voltage: 660V; 50/60Hz* Impulse voltage wear resistance: 6000V; * Rated current: 6A (230V AC); 0.3A (230V DC)* Short circuit protection: safety device 10A gG outside in the circuit

6* Mechanical wear resistance: 1x10 commutation cycles* Power of mechanical compression:

- at closing: 20N- at opening: 8N

* Operating temperature: -20 - +70°C* Humidity: 35 – 85%RH* Tightening moment of the joining conductors: 0.15Nm

2* Section of the conductor: 1x0.5; 1x0.75; 1x1; 1x1.5; 1x2.5mmMounting: * to a flat metal or plastic surface with thickness: max 4mm* opening with size: Ø 22.5mm

Overall dimensionsDiagram for drill the openings

EL 2- BA 21EL 2- BA 31EL 2- BA 51EL 2- BA 61EL 2- BA 42

Button round with spring reverse

NO NONONONC

401021401031401051401061401042

66666

Type Description Type of contacts Catalogue number

NoteRated current(А) at 400V

Colour

blackgreenyellowbluered

EL 2- BР 31

EL 2- BР 42


NO

NC

401032

401043

6

6

green

red IP=65 Provided from silicon lid

IP=65 Provided from silicon lid

Buttons and LED indicatorswww.elmarkgroup.eu

F6

109

Type Description Type of contacts Catalogue number


Colour

www.elmarkgroup.eu

EL 2- BW3471EL 2- BW3371EL 2- BW3571EL 2- BW3671EL 2- BW3471EL 2- BW3371EL 2- BW3571EL 2- BW3671EL 2- BW3471EL 2- BW3371EL 2- BW3571EL 2- BW3671


and LED indicator

24V24V24V24V

110V110V110V110V230V230V230V230V

666666666666

redgreenyellowbluered

greenyellowbluered

green yellow blue

401474401374401574401674401473401373401573401673401471401371401571401671

Voltage for the indicator

6

6

black

black

EL 2- BD 21

EL 2- BD 33

Switch with arrest

Switch with arrest

401421

401433

two-position

three-position

1NO

2NО

EL 2- BС 42Button with head“mushroom” type

6 red 401642 spring reverse1NС

61NС+1NOEL 2- BS 545 401545 elease with spinning


Buttons and LED indicators

F6

110

Type Description Catalogue number


Colour

Type of contacts



Colour

Type of contacts



Colour

Type of contacts



Colour

Button with head“mushroom” type red

Button double 61NO+1NСEL 2- BW8475 401845Green and red button

+ LED indicator

Change-over switch with switch

61NOEL 2- BG 21 401121two-position with switch

Un Catalogue number

LED indication

ColourAD56-22 Type number

401123

401111

401124

401211

401224

401223

401323

401311

401324

401523

401511

401524

401723

401711

401724

401423

401411

401424

AD56-22-W-230

AD56-22-W-110

AD56-22-W-24

AD56-22-А-110

AD56-22-А-24

AD56-22-А-230

AD56-22-РG-230

AD56-22-РG-110

AD56-22-РG-24

AD56-22-B-230

AD56-22-B-110

AD56-22-B-24

AD56-22-Y-230

AD56-22-Y-110

AD56-22-Y-24

AD56-22-R-230

AD56-22-R-110

AD56-22-R-24

230V AC

110V AC

24V AC/DC

110V AC

24V AC/DC

230V AC

230V AC

110V AC

24V AC/DC

230V AC

110V AC

24V AC/DC

230V AC

110V AC

24V AC/DC

230V AC

110V AC

24V AC/DC

white

white

white

amber

amber

amber

green

green

green

blue

blue

blue

yellow

yellow

yellow

red

red

red

Type of the contact Type number

EL02 - BЕ101

EL02 - BЕ102

1

2

1 NO

1 NC

Colour

green

red

EL02 - BЕ10x Catalogue number

401001

401002


Buttons and LED indicatorswww.elmarkgroup.eu

F6

111

Type of contacts



Colour

Type of contacts



Colour

www.elmarkgroup.eu

EL1-B174 401174Release

through turning1 NC red

EL1 - B174Emergency button

with head “mushroom” type Ø40

EL1 - B134

1 NO black

switching on

0-1 EL1-B134 401134

IP44

IP44/65

IP44

IP44/65

IP44/65

EL1-B102 4011021 button with spring

return IP44

1 button with spring

return IP65

1 NO green

EL1 - B102

EL1-BP102 4011321 NO green

EL1-B213 4012132 buttons with spring

return IP44

2 buttons with spring

return IP65

1 NC

1 NO

1 - red

1 - green

EL1 - B213

EL1-BP213 4012331 NC

1 NO

1 - red

1 - green

EL1-B339 4013393 buttons with spring

return IP44

1 NO

1 NC

1 NO

1 - green

1 - red

1 - green

EL1 - B339

EL1-BP339 4013493 buttons with spring

return IP65

1 NO

1 NC

1 NO

1 - green

1 - red

1 - green


Buttons and LED indicators

Catalogue numberType of the contact Colour Type numberOverall dimensions (mm)

L H W

68 68 50

L H W

68 68 50

68 68 50

L H W

104 68 50

104 68 50

L H W

134 68 50

134 68 50

L H W

68 68 50

F6

112





These are devices used in control and indication systems adjusted for mounting in command boards and panels directly on DIN-rail. They are manufactured to commutate controlling circuits and to control the switching on or off executive mechanisms such as relays, contactors, etc. The signal lamps and indicators find broad application in all industrial fields. The devices endure short time current overload up to 20A, and normally they can commutate current up to 10A with their contact system. The connection to the contact terminals is through screw terminals to which operational conductors with

2section up to 2.5mm can be joined. There are also designed buttons combined with lamps.

Technical data:* Insulation voltage: 660V; 50/60Hz* Impulse voltage wear resistance: 6000V; * Rated current: up to 10A (230V AC)* Short circuit protection: safety device 10A gG outside in the circuit* Rated consumed current (for indicators and buttons combined with indicators): <20mA* wear resistance (indicators): >2000h

6* Mechanical wear resistance (buttons): 1x10 commutation cycles* Power of mechanical compression: - at closing: 20N - at opening: 8N * Operating temperature: -20 - +70°C* Humidity: 35 – 85%RH* Tightening moment of the joining conductors: 0.15Nm

2* Section of the conductor: 1x0.5; 1x0.75; 1x1; 1x1.5; 1x2.5mmMounting: * to a DIN-rail* Altitude: up to 2000m

Documents corresponding to the product:Standardт EN 60947-1EN 60 947-5-1

35

±0

.5

71 -0.43

66±0.37

49.5±0.31

45

±0

.31


Rated current (A) at 400V

Colour Type of contacts

ELB - BL - DINELB - BL - DINELB - G - DINELB - G -DINELB - Y - DINELB - Y - DINELB - R - DINELB - R - DIN

button button button button button button button button

2NO+ 1 NC1NO+ 2 NC2NO+ 1 NC1NO+ 2 NC2NO+ 1 NC1NO+ 2 NC2NO+ 1 NC1NO+ 2 NC

<10<10<10<10<10<10<10<10

blackblackgreengreenyellowyellow

redred

ELD - G - DINELD - R - DINELD - Y - DINELD - B - DINELD -W - DIN

lamp lamplamplamplamp

<20<20<20<20<20

greenred

yellowbluewhite

230V230V230V230V230V

ELBD - G - DINELBD -G - DINELBD - R - DINELBD - R - DINELBD - Y - DINELBD - Y - DIN

button + lampbutton + lampbutton + lampbutton + lampbutton + lampbutton + lamp

<20<20<20<20<20<20

greengreenredred

yellowyellow

230V230V230V230V230V230V

2NO+ 1 NC1NO+ 2 NC2NO+ 1 NC1NO+ 2 NC2NO+ 1 NC1NO+ 2 NC


Buttons and LED indicators for DIN-rail

401505401506401507401508401509401510401512401513

401500401501401502401503401504

401514401515401516401517401518401519

www.elmarkgroup.eu

F7

113



ColourTип



Colour Type of contacts

Voltage(V)

Voltage(V)

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Devices for telpher control MBP type

They represent different combinations of START and STOP buttons mounted in plastic boxes in different sizes. They are connected to the operating circuits of cranes or telphers and serve as a remote control of their movement. They are connected directly to the operating cable of the telpher and send commands directly to the executive mechanisms. They are designed to provide protection from dust and moisture IP65.

Technical data:* Supplying voltage: 230V; 50/60Hz* Consumed power: <5VA

5* Electrical wear resistance: 1x10 cycles* Operating temperature: -10 +40°C* Dampness: 35 – 85% RH* Number of contacts: according to the number of the buttons* Commuting capacity: up to 6A* Plastic: UV rays wear resistance * IP code: IP65* Weight: according to the number of the contacts

Mounting:* directly to the control cable of the telpher (crane)

Catalogue number

Contact block and schemeNumber of buttons

2

2

2+1

2+1

2+1

4

4

4+1

4+1

4+1

6

6

6+1

6+1

6+1

8

8

8+1

8+1

8+1

Type Package

For the directionsEmergency

NO+NC

NO+NC

NO+NC

NO+NC

NO+NC

NO+NC

NO+NC

NO+NC

NO+NC

NO+NC

NO+NC

NO+NC

NO+NC

NO+NC

NO+NC

NO+NC

NO+NC

NO+NC

NO+NC

NO+NC

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

МВР-Ахххх stop button typebutton type – one-speed (x81) or two-speed (x91)number of buttons


Devices for telpher control

F8

114

emergency button

emergency button

emergency button with switch

emergency button

emergency button


emergency button

emergency button


emergency button

emergency button


MBP-A281

MBP-A291

MBP-A2813

MBP-A2813К

MBP-A2913

MBP-A481

MBP-A491

MBP-A4813

MBP-A4813К

MBP-A4913

MBP-A681

MBP-A691

MBP-A6813

MBP-A6813K

MBP-A6913

MBP-A881

MBP-A891

MBP-A8813

MBP-A8813K

MBP-A8913

two-speed

two-speed

two-speed

two-speed

two-speed

two-speed

two-speed

two-speed

46281

46291

46283

46283K

46294

46481

46491

46483

46483K

46493

46681

46691

46683

46683K

46693

46881

46891

46883

46883K

46893

High power safety devices and isolating switches

Bases for high power safety devices

The series bases for high power safety device is manufactured of permitivity alloy with mounted contact jaws of electrolytic copper supplied with special springs for contact compression and easy fuse links taking out. All current leading parts are connected to inlet outlet terminals with bolts; the terminals also end with bolts, to which the power supply conductors are connected. The bases are offered in five type sizes corresponding to the five types of fuse links.


Overall dimensions(mm)

25

25

25

25

25

100

150

175

200

210

120

170

200

225

250

Base type

-

-

30

30

30

30

30

58

60

60

25

37

38

38

40

60

72

84

100

105

A1 A2 A3 B1 B2 C1 C2

7.5

7.5

10.5

10.5

10.5

Ød

SIST00

SIST 0

SIST1

SIST2

SIST3

Base type Fuse link type Rated current (А)

Rated voltageUn (V)

Weight (gr)

Catalogue number

Bases for high power safety deviceswww.elmarkgroup.eu

G1

115


Rated voltageUn (V)

Weight (gr)

Catalogue number


Rated voltageUn (V)

Weight (gr)

Catalogue number

SIST00

SISP00

NТ 00

NT 00

up to

up to 160

160 600

600

193

215

12001

12001Р

Remark : Fuse bases SISP are made of porcelain

SIST0

SISP0

NТ 0

NT 0

up to

up to 160

160 600

600

295

319

12010

12010P


SIST1

SISP1

NТ 1

NT 1

up to

up to 250

250 600

600

550

550

12100

12100P


www.elmarkgroup.eu

Base type Fuse link type Rated current (А) Rated voltageUn (V)

Weight (gr.)

Catalogue number

Base type Fuse link type Rated current (А) Rated voltageUn (V)

Weight (gr.)

Catalogue number

Fuse links for high power safety devices

The series fuse links for high power safety devices is designed for short circuit protection. They are distinguished with high speed of operation and high reliability. The element is a ceramic (porcelain) body filled with fine quartz sand for voltaic arc lowering. In the ceramic body is mounted a fusible, specially profiled wafer connecting the current leading terminals. These terminals are manufactured of copper alloy with special nickel coating and have the form of knives to provide more contact surface. The fuse links correspond to “gL – gG” class which means that they are with common function and normal response time.

Technical data:* Rated voltage: 500V* Rated short circuit current: 120 kAeff* IP code: IP 00* Ambient temperature: -5 to +55°C* Altitude: up to 2000m

Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60269-1EN 60269-2

Overall dimensions(mm)

78

125

135

150

150

40

68

68

68

68

15

15

21

27

33

Fuse link type

29

29

48

58

67

56.5

56.5

62

72

84.5

A B C D

NT00

NT 0

NT1

NT 2

NT 3

H



G2

116

SIST2

SISP2

NТ 2

NT 2

up to 400

up to 400

600

600

770

810

12200

12200Р


SIST3

SISP3

NТ 3

NT 3

up to 630

up to 630

600

600

965

987

12300

12300P


www.elmarkgroup.eu

G2

117

50 63 80 100 125In(A)

Un(V)

Cat.№

Type

500,600 500,600 500,600 500,600 500,600

NT00 NT00 NT00 NT00 NT00

10005 10006 10008 10009 10012

160

500, 600

NT00

10016

500,600

NT00

16

10001

500,600

NT00

25

10002

500,600

NT00

32

10003

500,600

NT00

40

10004

100 125 160 200In(A)

Un(V)

Cat.№

Type

500,600 500,600 500,600 500,600

NT 1 NT 1 NT 1 NT 1

10110 10112 10116 10120

250

500, 600

NT 1

10125

50 63 80 100 125In(A)

Un(V)

Cat.№

Type

500,600 500,600 500,600 500,600 500,600

NT 0 NT 0 NT 0 NT 0 NT 0

10050 10063 10080 10090 10092

160

500, 600

NT 0

10096

500,600

NT 0

16

10015

500,600

NT 0

25

10025

500,600

NT 0

32

10032

500,600

NT 0

40

10040

160 200 250 315In(A)

Un(V)

Cat.№

Type

500,600 500,600 500,600 500,600

NT 2 NT 2 NT 2 NT 2

10216 10220 10225 10231

400

500, 600

NT 2

10240

500 630 In(A)

Un(V)

Cat.№

Type

500,600 500,600

NT 3 NT 3

10350 10363

NT 1

80

500,600

10108

NT 1

225

500,600

10122



www.elmarkgroup.eu

In(A)

Un(V)

Type

500, 660 500, 660 500, 660 500, 660

HG2B HG2B HG2B HG2B

160 250 400 630

Cat.N 44805 44806 44807 44808

Fuse link size NT00 NT1 NT2 NT3

In(A)

Un(V)

Type

500, 660 500, 660 500, 660 500, 660

THB THB THB THB

160 250 400 630

Cat.N 44801 44802 44803 44804

Fuse link size

NT00 NT1 NT2 NT3

Designed in two types – horizontal and vertical. They represent a combination of low voltage isolating switch and high power safety devices mounted in a common plastic corpus. They are used for low voltage distribution boards and complete transformer substations (CTS) where visible circuit distribution is necessary. They provide safety and convenience at fuse links change. The plastic corpus increases the IP code and the plastic lid provides simultaneous circuits switching on/off. The lid allows easy removing which is additional measure at repairs. The vertical isolating switches are mounted directly to the power supply rails which enables the exploitation and improves the safety of the staff.

Technical data:* Rated voltage: 500V* Rated short circuit current: according to the mounted fuse links* Number of poles: 3* Impulse voltage wear resistance: 8kV* Mechanical wear resistance: 3000 cycles* IP code: IP 40* Plastic: UV rays wear resistance* Ambient temperature: -5 to +55°C * Altitude: up to 2000m

Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60947-1; EN 60947-3

Isolating switch type

THB -160

THB - 250

THB - 400

THB - 630

A B C D E

160

184

210

256

73

128

145

175

82

111.5

128

142.5

45

66

88

94.5

151

214.5

255

267


THB - horizontal

HG2B - vertical


Isolating switches

G3

118


www.elmarkgroup.eu

119Switch disconnector

The series of switch disconnectors EL-D02 are developed for short-circuit protection. They have a high speed of start and high reliability. They have a plastic body of inflammable plastics adapted for mounting on a DIN rail, where a porcelain round plug, which is filled with fine quartz sand for extinguishing the electric arc. In this ceramic body is mounted melting, specifically profiled plate, which connects the input power terminals. These terminals are produced from copper alloy with especially laid nickel layer and contact with the projecting bolts from the plastic body. Locking system for the security plug on replacement of burnt out.

Technical characteristics: * Rated voltage: 600V* Insulation voltage: >2500V* Rated current on short-circuit: 120 кА * Direct mounting to the load * Two insulated points to the load * Protection rate: IP 44* Cross-section of the supply conductors: up to 35mm2* Environmental temperature: -5° до +55°С* Altitude: up to 2000m

Documents corresponding tothe product:Standard EN 60947-3VDE 0638

G4

1P+N

1P

1P+N

2P

3P

3P+N

32

63

63

63

63

63

RO 26/32

RO 26/63

RO 26/63

RO 26/63

RO 26/63

RO 26/63

Type

10D0232

10D0261

10D0262

10D0265

10D0263

10D0264

6 / 180

6 / 180

3 / 90

3 / 90

2 / 60

1 / 120

Number of poles Rated current( А )

Type of the fuse Catalogue number

EL - D02-32

EL - D02-63

EL - D02-63

EL - D02-63

EL - D02-63

EL - D02-63

Box / Carton

500500500500500500500500500500500

2461016202532405063

Ø12.5x31.5mmØ12.5x31.5mmØ12.5x31.5mmØ12.5x31.5mmØ12.5x31.5mmØ12.5x31.5mmØ12.5x31.5mmØ12.5x31.5mmØ15x35mmØ15x35mmØ15x35mm

Type of the fuse

10R023210R023410R023610R024010R024610R024810R024510R024310R064010R065010R0660

Voltage( V )

Rated current( А )

Size of the fuse Cataloguenumber

RO 26/32RO 26/32RO 26/32RO 26/32RO 26/32RO 26/32RO 26/32RO 26/32RO 26/63RO 26/63RO 26/63

www.elmarkgroup.eu

H1

120

c

a

b

In(A)

16

32

Un(V)

230

230

Dimensions (mm)a /b /c

121 / 84 / 53

138 / 92 / 63

Poles

1P+N+E

1P+N+E

Cataloguenumber

37013

37023

HT-013

HT-023

ModelOrder type

number

Ingressprotectionrating IP

44

44

16

32

63

125

3P+E

3P+E

3P+E

3P+E

400

400

400

400

HT-014

HT-024

HT-034

HT-044

121 / 84 / 51

138 / 92 / 63

230 / 109 / 36

295 / 124 / 50

37014

37024

37034

37044

In(A)

Un(V)

44

44

44

44

16

32

63

125

3P+N+E

3P+N+E

3P+N+E

3P+N+E

400

400

400

400

HT-015

HT-025

HT-035

HT-045

129 / 92 / 62

149 / 97 / 70

230 / 109 / 36

295 / 124 / 50

37015

37025

37035

37045

In(A)

Un(V)

44

44

44

44

37131

37231

In(A)

Un(V)

HTN 0131

HTN 0231

16

32

1P+N+E

1P+N+E

230

230

120/71/12

150/93/17

67

67

Package /Box

10 / 100

10 / 100

10 / 100

10 / 60

1 / 10

1 / 10

10 / 100

10 / 60

1 / 10

1 / 10

1 / 40

1 / 40

Industrial plugs and sockets

Industrial plugs

Industrial plugs and sockets Ht/HTN type

They are specially developed plugs and contacts designed for mounting in industrial buildings or outdoors. Made of special high quality plastic with impurity against aging at sun light exposing and for increasing the mechanical strength. They are designed in accordance with standard IEC 309-1 and provide reliable connection and high protection rate of the staff from electrical current. They provide IP protection not less than IP 44/67. They are designed in types for indoors and outdoors mounting, and with movable or static plugs and sockets.

Technical data:* Rated voltage: 500V* Rated short circuit current: according to the mounted protection in the boards* Impulse voltage wear resistance: 8kV* Mechanical wear resistance: 3000 cycles* IP code: IP 44/67* Plastic: UV rays wear resistance* Ambient temperature: -5 to +55°C* Altitude: up to 2000m* Plugs and sockets: 6h

Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60309-1;EN 60309-2


PolesCatalogue

number

ModelOrder type

number


Package /Box


PolesCatalogue

number

ModelOrder type

number


Package /Box


PolesCatalogue

number

ModelOrder type

number


Package /Box

10 / 60

10 / 40

10 / 60

10 / 40

10 / 10

10 / 60

10 / 40

1 / 10

10 / 60

10 / 40

1 / 10

1 / 10

www.elmarkgroup.eu

H2

121

In(A)

Un(V)


PolesCatalogue

number

ModelOrder type

number


HTN 0141

HTN 0241

HTN 0341

HTN 0441

16

32

63

125

3P+E

3P+E

3P+E

3P+E

400

400

400

400

125/79/12

150/93/17

230/109/36

230/109/36

67

67

67

67

37141

37241

37341

37441

In(A)

Un(V)

HTN 0151

HTN 0251

HTN 0351

HTN 0451

16

32

63

125

3P+N+E

3P+N+E

3P+N+E

3P+N+E

400

400

400

400

133/87/12

155/99.5/17

230/109/36

295/124/50

67

67

67

67

37151

37251

37351

37451

In(A)

Un(V)

HT 514

HT 524

HT 534

16

32

63

3P+E

3P+E

3P+E

400

400

400

44

44

44

37514

37524

37534

In(A)

Un(V)

HT 515

HT 525

HT 535

16

32

63

3P+N+E

3P+N+E

3P+N+E

400

400

400

44

44

44

37515

37525

37535

In(A)

16

32

Un(V)

230

230

1P+N+E

1P+N+E

37513

37523

HT-513

HT-523

44

44

Package/Box

10 / 60

10 / 40

1 / 10

1 / 10

121/79

131/83

121/76

131/83

131/83

123/79

132/84

132/84


Static industrial plugs


PolesCatalogue

number

ModelOrder type

number


Package/Box


PolesCatalogue

number

ModelOrder type

number


Package/Box


PolesCatalogue

number

ModelOrder type

number


Package/Box


PolesCatalogue

number

ModelOrder type

number


Package/Box

Static industrial plugs

www.elmarkgroup.eu

H3

122

In(A)

Un(V)

37731

37631

HTN 1131

HTN 1231

16

32

1P+N+E

1P+N+E

230

230

101/150/93.5

114/162/93.5

67

67

34

5P

g21

58

70.5

Æ20

32.5

13

à

In(A)

Un(V)

Dimensions (mm)a /b

PolesCatalogue

number

ModelOrder type

number


44

44

16

32

1P+N+E

1P+N+E

230

230

HT-113

HT-123

126 / 86

141 / 97

37113

37123

In(A)

Un(V)

44

44

44

44

16

32

63

125

3P+E

3P+E

3P+E

3P+E

400

400

400

400

HT-114

HT-124

HT-134

HT-144

132 / 91

141 / 96

193 / 122

220 / 140

37114

37124

37134

37144

In(A)

Un(V)

44

44

44

44

16

32

63

125

3P+N+E

3P+N+E

3P+N+E

3P+N+E

400

400

400

400

HT-115

HT-125

HT-135

HT-145

129 / 96

141 / 98

193 / 122

220 / 140

37115

37125

37135

37145

Package/Box

1 / 60

1 / 60

10 / 60

10 / 60

1 / 10

1 / 10

10 / 60

10 / 60

1 / 10

1 / 10

10 / 40

10 / 40


Static industrial contacts for exposed wiring

Dimensions (mm)a /b

PolesCatalogue

number

ModelOrder type

number


Package/Box

Dimensions (mm)a /b

PolesCatalogue

number

ModelOrder type

number


Package/Box

Dimensions (mm)a /b

PolesCatalogue

number

ModelOrder type

number


Package/Box

10 / 60

10 / 60

1 / 10

1 / 10

10 / 100

10 / 60

1 / 10

1 / 10

10 / 100

10 / 60

www.elmarkgroup.eu

H4

123

16

32

63

125

3P+N+E

3P+N+E

3P+N+E

3P+N+E

400

400

400

400

HT-215

HT-225

HT-235

HT-245

139 / 90

154 / 100

230/100

290/124

37215

37225

37235

37245

In(A)

Un(V)

44

44

44

44

In(A)

Un(V)

37751

37651

37852

37854

HTN 1151

HTN 1251

HTN 1351

HTN 1451

16

32

63

125

3P+N+E

3P+N+E

3P+N+E

3P+N+E

400

400

400

400

107/150/93.5

116/162/93.5

171/170/230

171/170/230

67

67

67

67

b

a

In(A)

Un(V)

44

44

16

32

1P+N+E

1P+N+E

230

230

HT-213

HT-223

130 / 96

149 / 90

37213

37223

In(A)

Un(V)

44

44

44

44

16

32

63

125

3P+E

3P+E

3P+E

3P+E

400

400

400

400

HT-214

HT-224

HT-234

HT-244

131 / 96

149 / 90

230/109

290/124

37214

37224

37234

37244

In(A)

Un(V)


PolesCatalogue

number

ModelOrder type

number


37741

37641

37842

37844

HTN 1141

HTN 1241

HTN 1341

HTN 1441

16

32

63

125

3P+E

3P+E

3P+E

3P+E

400

400

400

400

104/150/93.5

116/162/93.5

171/170/230

171/170/230

67

67

67

67

108

10 / 60

10 / 40

1 / 10

1 / 10

Package/Box

10 / 60

10 / 40

1 / 10

1 / 10


Movable industrial contacts for exposed wiring


PolesCatalogue

number

ModelOrder type

number


Package/Box


PolesCatalogue

number

ModelOrder type

number


Package/Box


PolesCatalogue

number

ModelOrder type

number


Package/Box


PolesCatalogue

number

ModelOrder type

number


Package/Box

Movable industrial contacts for exposed wiring

www.elmarkgroup.eu

H5

124

16

323P+E

400

400

HT-414

HT-424

In(A)

Un(V)

44

44

37414

37424

16

321P+N+E

230

230

HT-413

HT-423

In(A)

Un(V)

37413

37423

44

44

In(A)

Un(V)

37841

37941

37942

37943

HTN 2141

HTN 2241

HTN 2341

HTN 2441

16

32

63

125

3P+E

3P+E

3P+E

3P+E

400

400

400

400

131/76

149/90

271/115

295/137

67

67

67

67

In(A)

Un(V)

37851

37951

37952

37953

HTN 2151

HTN 2251

HTN 2351

HTN 2451

16

32

63

125

3P+N+E

3P+N+E

3P+N+E

3P+N+E

400

400

400

400

139/90

154/100

240/112

300/126

67

67

67

67

In(A)

Un(V)

Dimensions (mm)a /b

PolesCatalogue

number

ModelOrder type

number


37831

37931

HTN 2131

HTN 2231

16

32

1P+N+E

1P+N+E

230

230

131/90

149/90

67

67

Package/Box

1 / 60

1 / 60

10 / 60

10 / 40

1 / 10

1 / 10

10 / 60

10 / 40

1 / 10

1 / 6

10 / 100

10 / 60

70/85

80/97

70/85

80/97

10 / 100

10 / 60


Industrial built in contacts

Industrial built in contacts

Dimensions (mm)a /b

PolesCatalogue

number

ModelOrder type

number


Package/Box

Dimensions (mm)a /b

PolesCatalogue

number

ModelOrder type

number


Package/Box

Dimensions (mm)a /b

PolesCatalogue

number

ModelOrder type

number


Package/Box

Dimensions (mm)a /b

PolesCatalogue

number

ModelOrder type

number


Package/Box

20 / 200

www.elmarkgroup.eu

H6

125

EDB 100 - 401

EDB 100 - 402

EDB 200 - 401

EDB 100 - 501*

3х2.5

5х2.5

3х2.5

3x2.5

53401

53402

53421

53501*

In(A)

Un(V)

Dimensions (mm)a /b

PolesCatalogue

number

ModelOrder type

number

Ingressprotection rating IP

16

323P+N+E

400

400

HT-415

HT-425

44

44

37415

37425

In(A)

Un(V)

16 тип шуко 230HT-105SR 44 37105

110

In(A)

Un(V)

16 230213L-2P-W 44 370034501P+N+E

Package/Box

10 / 60

10 / 60

70/85

80/97

70/70

1 / 42

Distribution boxes with industrial contacts


Dimensions (mm)a /b

PolesCatalogue

number

ModelOrder type

number


Package/Box

Dimensions (mm)a /b

PolesCatalogue

number

ModelOrder type

number


Package/Box

Distribution boxes with mounted industrial plugs and sockets and protection devices

They are specially designed distribution boxes with mounted industrial plugs and sockets fabric cabled with possibility for protection devices mounting (breakers, residual current devices). They are designed for building sites mounting, industrial projects for power supply of mobile – movable consumers, exhibition centers, outdoor concerts or repair- reconstruct operations with temporary character. The boxes are made of special high quality plastic with impurity against aging at sun light exposing and for increasing the mechanical strength. They are designed in accordance with standard IEC 309-1 and provide reliable connection and high protection rate of the staff from electrical current. They provide IP protection not less than IP 44/67.

Technical data:* Rated voltage: 400V* Rated short circuit current: according to the mounted safety fuses and residual current devices* Impulse voltage wear resistance: 8kV

2* Power supply cable: 5x10mm* Mechanical wear resistance: 3000 cycles* IP code: IP 44* Plastic: UV rays wear resistance* Ambient temperature: -5 to +55°C* Altitude: up to 2000m* Overall dimensions of the box: 136x94x425 mm

Documents corresponding to the product:Standardт EN 60309-1;EN 60309-2; EN 60 529

Catalogue number

TypeInlet power supply

2conductor(mm )Outlets

3 contacts 16A1P+N+E

1 contact 16A 3P+N+E и 2 contacts 16A 1P+N+E



2Note: * The distribution box is supplied with extension cable with section 3x2.5mm and length 1.5m

www.elmarkgroup.eu

126

catalogue number 60085

I1

Number of rows Module capacity(number of devices)

Catalogue number

1111123

468

12182436

Terminalstrips

number

Openingsnumber

2223468

99

1417253443

Dimensions (mm)

L W H

110150190260365270310

205205205205220330475

75757575757585

60040600606008060120601806024060360

Package / Box

1 / 201 / 201 / 201 / 101 / 101 / 101 / 5

1111123

468

12182436

2223468

99

1417253443

L W H

110150190260365270310

205205205205220330475

75757575757585

60041600616008160121601816024160361

1 / 201 / 201 / 201 / 101 / 101 / 101 / 5

Plastic boxes and metal cabinets for distribution boards

Plastic distribution boards

Plastic distribution boards for exposed wiring

The distribution boards are designed for mounting in newly built buildings or buildings in reconstruction. They are a module box with mounted protective devices of the given flats electrical current circuit circles. They are supplied with transparent door for each row opening upwards to 90°. They are made of white self-extinguishing plastic, resistant to heat and high temperature with IP code IP 40. The mounted device in the box is protected from direct contact to the current leading parts. They are offered with DIN-rail for device mounting and terminal strips for the neutral and earthing conductor joining. Mounted directly on the walls with screws.

Technical data: * Maximum insulation voltage: 690V; 50Hz* wear resistance to heat: UL 94* IP code: IP 40* Class of current limiting: 2

Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 62 208EN60439-1; EN 60 439-3

Plastic distribution boards for buried wiring

The distribution boards are designed for mounting in newly built buildings or buildings in reconstruction. They are a module box with mounted protective devices of the given flats electrical current circuit circles. They are supplied with transparent door for each row opening upwards to 90°. They are made of white self-extinguishing plastic, resistant to heat and high temperature with IP code IP 40. The mounted device in the box is protected from indirect contact to the current leading parts. They are offered with DIN-rail for device mounting and terminal strips for the neutral and earthing conductor joining. Mounted through building-in in openings on the wall under plaster or in hollow-wall (through special clasps).


Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 62 208EN 60 439-1;EN 60 439-3

Number of rows Module capacity(number of devices)

Catalogue numberTerminalstrips

number

Openingsnumber

Dimensions (mm) Package / Box

Note: At building-in in hollow-wall it is supplied with clasps for hollow-wall – 4pcs with catalogue number 60085. There are 10 sets of clasps in a package.

Package / Box

1 / 201 / 201 / 201 / 101 / 101 / 5

Dimensions (mm)

L W H

127162216214233288

214214214270378340

939393939393

222346

99

14172534

Terminalstrips

number

Openingsnumber

Number of rows

Modulecapacity

(number ofdevices)

111112

468

121824

Type

WP4WP6WP8

WP12WP18WP24

www.elmarkgroup.eu

I2

127

Catalogue number

601006010160102601036010460105

112

Catalogue numberType

SXF 25/25/15

SXF 30/25/15

SXF 40/30/20

SXF 50/40/20

SXF 60/40/20

SXF 70/50/20

SXF 80/60/25

SXF 100/80/30

SXF 120/80/30

Thickness of sheet metal(mm)

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.5

1.5

1.5

Metal board

dimensions (mm)

L (height) W (width) H (depth)

250 250 150

300 250 150

400 300 200

500 400 200

600 400 200

700 500 200

800 600 250

1000 800 300

1200 800 300

54025

54030

54040

54050

54060

54070

54080

54100

54120


Metal distribution boards

Moisture-proof distribution boards for exposed wiring

The distribution boards are designed for mounting in newly built buildings or buildings in reconstruction. They are a module box with mounted protective devices of the given flats electrical installation current circles. They are supplied with

transparent door for each row opening upwards to 90.ْ They are made of white non-self-extinguishing plastic, resistant to heat and high temperature. The special design of the lids and gaskets provides IP code IP 55. The mounted device in the box is protected from indirect contact to the current leading parts. They are offered with DIN-rail for device mounting and terminal strips for the neutral and earthing conductor joining. Mounted directly on the walls with screws.




Stainless metal cabinets for distribution boards

The distribution boards are designed for mounting in newly built buildings or buildings in reconstruction. They are a metal cabinet with different dimensions. They are supplied with a special lock, plate for fixing the device, lid for the input-output conductors, earthing stud, gaskets, etc. The door of the box can change its opening direction. They are manufactured of whole stainless sheet steel processed with anti-corrosion and decorative coating powder style laid. They are used for low voltage distribution boards in food, wine and tobacco industries and at special requirements regarding the corrosion wear resistance in industrial projects. Mounted directly on the walls with screws.

Technical data:* Rated voltage: up to 1000V* Maximum current: up to 800A* Material: stainless steel* IP code: IP 65

Mounting:* vertically to a flat surface

Catalogue number

53025

53026

53030

53031

53040

53041

53050

53051

53060

53070

53080

53100

53120

53140

53188

53180

Nominal working current In( A )

80

100

100

160

160

250

250

250

250

350

400

630

630

800

1000

1250

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Type

JXF 25/25/15

JXF 25/30/15

JXF 30/25/15

JXF 30/40/20

JXF 40/30/20

JXF 40/50/20

JXF 50/40/20

JXF 40/60/20

JXF 60/40/20

JXF 70/50/20

JXF 80/60/25

JXF 100/80/30

JXF 120/80/30

JXF 140/80/30

JXF 180/80/30

JXF 180/100/30*

Thickness of the steel metal(mm)

Metal board

dimensions (mm)

L (height) W (widht) H (depth)

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

I2

128

250 250 150

250 300 150

300 250 150

300 400 200

400 300 200

400 500 200

500 400 200

400 600 200

600 400 200

700 500 200

800 600 250

1000 800 300

1200 800 300

1400 800 300

1800 800 300

1800 1000 300

Note: *Metal board with double door


Metal distribution boards

Metal cabinets for distribution boards

The metal cabinets are designed for mounting in newly built buildings or buildings in reconstruction. They are a metal box with different dimensions. They are supplied with a special lock, plate for fixing the device, lid for the input-output conductors, earthing stud, gaskets, etc. The door of the box can change its opening direction. They are manufactured of whole sheet metal processed with anti-corrosion and decorative coating powder style laid. They are used for low voltage distribution boards in housing buildings, offices, shops and industrial projects. Mounted directly on the walls with screws.

Technical data:* Rated voltage: up to 1000V* Maximum current: up to 800A* Material: steel* Coating: powder style painting* IP code: IP 65


Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60439-1; EN 60 439-3

Module boxes

Plastic distributor-boxes with different shapes and dimensions. Designed for cable lines extension or tapping at cable installations laying or as electronic meter boards. Manufactured of polycarbonate plastic or thermostatic fibre glass material. Chemical, thermal and UV rays wear resistance. The boxes can be connected together to form boards with different dimensions. Mounted directly on the walls with screws.

Technical data:* Rated voltage: up to 690V* Maximum current: up to 800A* Weight: 1.21* Dielectrical strength: * Inflammability: 960°C* Operating temperature: -35 to + 40°C* Material: polycarbonate/ fibre glass* IP code: IP 44* Subject to recycling


3(g/cm )1410 (Ωm)

H

L

H

L

H

L

L

H

L

H1

W

H(mm)

L(mm)

W(mm)

Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60439 -1 EN 60439 -5


Module plastic distribution boards

Note: At order a box with depth 320mm can be manufactured

www.elmarkgroup.eu

I3

129

H(mm)

L(mm)

W(mm)

PXF315/280/120 polycarbonate 315 280 120 53221

H(mm)

L(mm)

W(mm)

NXF320/620/250NXF470/620/250NXF620/620/250

fibre glassfibre glassfibre glass

320470620

620620620

250250250

532005320153202

H(mm)

L(mm)

W(mm)

NXF780/620/250NXF930/620/250

NXF1080/620/250NXF1230/620/250

fibre glassfibre glassfibre glassfibre glass

78093010801230

620620620620

250250250250

53203532045320553206

H(mm)

L(mm)

W(mm)

NXF320/920/250NXF470/920/250NXF620/920/250NXF780/920/250NXF930/920/250NXF1080/920/250NXF1230/920/250

fibre glassfibre glassfibre glassfibre glassfibre glassfibre glassfibre glass

32047062078093010801230

920920920920920920920

250250250250250250250

H1(mm)

L(mm)

W(mm)

NXFC320/1215/250NXFC470/1215/250NXFC620/1215/250NXFC780/1215/250NXFC930/1215/250

NXFC1080/1215/250NXFC1230/1215/250

fibre glassfibre glassfibre glassfibre glassfibre glassfibre glassfibre glass

32047062078093010801230

1215121512151215121512151215

250250250250250250250

53214532155321653217532185321953220

53207532085320953210532115321253213

Box type

Type of material

Catalogue number

Box type

Type of material

Catalogue number

Box type

Type of material

Catalogue number

Box type

Type of material

Catalogue number

Base type

Type of material

Catalogue number

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Boxes and cable cabinets for electric panels

Cable support systems130

The universal cable support systems are used for construction of cable link in closed production premises for direct mounting on even vertical surfaces. They are perforated metal grates and accessories with standard lengths and sizes, which are assembled on the basis of a “click” system. They allow quick construction of cable systems with many angles and derivations. The offered choice is from tin with thickness up to 1.0 mm. and standard length of 3 m.

I4

Т-derivation

Т-derivation

Т-derivation

Т-derivation

Т-derivation

TS - 50/30

TS - 100/60

TS - 200/60

TS - 300/60

TS - 400/60

50

100

200

300

400

60

60

60

60

60

0.7

0.7

0.7

0.7

0.7

1.0о

1.30

1.95

3.15

5.05

-

-

-

-

-

56

56

56

56

56

ТS05030

TS10060

TS20060

TS30060

TS40060

Angle

Angle

Angle

Angle

Angle

KS -50/30

KS - 100/60

KS - 200/60

KS - 300/60

KS - 400/60

50

100

200

300

400

60

60

60

60

60

0.55

0.7

0.7

0.7

0.7

0.55

0.78

1.64

2.51

3.95

-

-

-

-

-

56

56

56

56

56

KS05030

KS10060

KS20060

KS30060

KS40060

Channel perforated

Channel perforated

Channel perforated

Channel perforated

Channel perforated

PK -50/30*

РК - 100/60

PK - 200/60

PK - 300/60

PK - 400/60

50

100

200

300

400

60

60

60

60

60

0.55

0.55

0.55

0.7

0.7

3.4

4.40

5.30

9.20

12.0

3

3

3

3

3

56PK5030

РК10060

PK20060

PK30060

PK40060

56

56

56

56

Note: Channel perforated PK50/30 is not a click system

45 1.0 0.3 56

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

KLS6000

NSC100

NSC200

NSC300

NSC400

NLK 50

NLK 100

NLK 200

NLK 300

NLK 400

VE0300

Universal click

Wall carrier

Ceiling carrier

Ceiling carrier

Bolt set

Wall carrier

Wall carrier

Wall carrier

Ceiling carrier

Ceiling carrier

Ceiling carrier

KLS 60

NSC100

NSC200

NSC300

NSC400

NLK 50

NLK 100

NLK 200

NLK 300

NLK 400

VE -03

Upright lid

Angle lid

Т-lid

Upright lid

Upright lid

Upright lid

Angle lid

Angle lid

Angle lid

Т-lid

Т-lid

Т-lid

PPK -100

PPK - 200

PPK - 300

PPK - 400

PKS - 100

PKS - 200

PKS - 300

PKS - 400

PTS - 100

PTS - 200

PTS - 300

PTS - 400

100

200

300

400

100

200

300

400

100

200

300

400

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

0.55

0.55

0.7

0.7

0.55

0.55

0.7

0.7

0.55

0.55

0.7

0.7

1.16

2.66

4.00

5.50

0.39

0.51

1.33

2.60

0.82

1.10

2.45

3.45

3

3

3

3

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

PPK10060

PPK20060

PPK30060

PPK40060

PKS10060

PKS20060

PKS30060

PKS40060

PTS10060

PTS20060

PTS30060

PTS40060

Weightkg

Tin thicknessmm

Type TypeSymbol

Widthmm

Heightmm

Lengthof the channel

m

Catalogue number

Weightkg

Tin thicknessmm

Type TypeSymbol

Widthmm

Heightmm


m

Catalogue number

Weightkg

Tin thicknessmm

Type TypeSymbol

Widthmm

Heightmm


m

Catalogue number

Weightkg

Tin thicknessmm

Type TypeSymbol

Widthmm

Heightmm


m

Catalogue number

Tin thicknessmm

Type TypeSymbol

Heightmm

Lengthm

Catalogue number

www.elmarkgroup.eu

131

L W H d C

-

-

85

100

150

150

200

200

255

300

400

D

50

80

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

85

100

110

150

100

155

200

250

350

50

50

50

70

70

70

70

80

80

120

120

44

44

44

54

54

54

54

54

54

54

54

22.5

22.5

22.5

30

28

35

35

35

35

35

35

17

17

18.5

23

23

29

29

29

29

29

29

IP44

IP44

IP54

IP54

I5

114

WB50/50

WB80/50

WB85/85/50

WB100/100/70

WB150/110/70

WB150/150/70

WB200/100/70

WB200/155/80

WB255/200/80

WB300/250/120

WB400/350/120


Moisture-proof junction sboxe

Moisture-proof junction boxes

Plastic junction boxes with different shapes and dimensions. Designed for cable lines extension or tapping at cable installations laying. Manufactured of ABS material with openings for inlet-outlet conductors, firmed with rubber stoppers to provide the corresponding IP code. Chemical, thermal and UV rays wear resistance. Mounted directly on the walls with screws.Documentation corresponding to the product:Standard: EN 60670-1

Technical data:* Rated voltage: up to 1000V* Material: ABS* IP code: IP 44/66


Box dimensions (mm) Gaskets dimensions (mm) Ingress protectionrating IP

Catalogue numberBox type

8070

8071

8072

8073

8076

8074

8075

8077

8078

8079

8080

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Instruments

Hydraulic crimping pliers HT - 300 type

Functions:* Crimping of aluminum or copper conductors with cable terminals or bush in the corresponding size

Technical data:* Crimping head turning at 360° which facilitates the crimping of static conductors* Device for automatic following of the effort at crimping completion * Form of the crimping element: hexahedral * Size of the crimping element: 16, 25, 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185, 240, 300 * Section of the crimping conductors:

- AI conductors - from 16 to 300 - Cu conductors – from 16 to 240

* Element pressing power: 60kN* Width of the element: 17mm* Weight of the instrument: 3.3 kg* Length: 460mm* Used hydraulic oil: Shell Tellus T15* Metal box for the instrument* A set of congestion hoops for the hydraulic cylinder

2mm

2 mm2mm

Hydraulic crimping pliers KYQ-300B type


Technical data:* Device for automatic following of the effort at crimping completion * Form of the crimping element: hexahedral * Size of the crimping element: 16, 25, 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185, 240, 300 * Section of the crimping conductors:


* Element pressing power: 16T* Width of the element: 22mm* Weight of the instrument: 6.8 kg* Length: 500mm* Used hydraulic oil: #23 (hydraulic oil with viscosity 23)* Metal box for the instrument* A set of congestion hoops for the hydraulic cylinder

2mm

2 mm2mm

Hydraulic crimping pliers YQK-300 type


Technical data:* Form of the crimping element: hexahedral * Size of the crimping element: 16, 25, 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185, 240, 300* Section of the crimping conductors: - AI conductors - from 16 to 300 - Cu conductors – from 16 to 240 * Element pressing power: 16T* Width of the element: 22mm* Weight of the instrument: 6.3 kg* Length: 500mm* Used hydraulic oil: Shell Tellus T15* Metal box for the instrument* A set of congestion hoops for the hydraulic cylinder

2 mm

2mm2mm

Catalogue number: 59300



Hydraulic crimping instruments

J1

132

HYDRAULIC PIERCING INSTRUMENTS

Hydraulic piercing pliers WK-8 type

Functions:* Cutting through openings in sheet metal with gauge up to 3mm without rotary motion

Technical data:* Piercing head turning at 360°* Form of the cutting element: round* Size of the cutting element: Ø 22, 27.5, 34.3, 40, 49, 60.8mm* Piercing capacity:

- sheet metal 3mm – openings up to Ø 30mm - sheet metal 2mm – openings up to Ø 60mm

* Element pressing power: 80kN* Thickness of the element: 25mm* Weight of the instrument: 3.5 kg* Used hydraulic oil: #15 (hydraulic oil with viscosity 15)* Metal box for the instrument* A set of congestion hoops for the hydraulic cylinder* Additional set of cutting elements for cable glands – Ø16, 20, 26.2, 32.5, 39, 51, 63 and a square for display devices

46.5x46.5, 68x68 (ordered additionally); Catalogue number 54002

Hydraulic piercing press SYK – 15 type

Functions:* Cutting through openings in sheet metal with gauge up to 3mm without rotary motionTechnical data:

* Protracting piercing head supplied with a hose for the hydraulic oil that gives possibility for piercing openings everywhere on the metal surface

* Form of the cutting element: - round - square

* Size of the cutting element: - square: 32x32mm - round openings: Ø 22, 27.5, 34.3, 40, 49, 60.8mm

* Piercing capacity: - sheet metal 3mm – openings up to Ø 60.8mm - sheet metal 2mm – openings up to Ø 115.5mm - square opening up to 110x110mm

* Element pressing power: 15T* Thickness of the element: 25mm* Weight of the instrument: 11.5 kg* Used hydraulic oil: #15 (hydraulic oil with viscosity 15)* Metal box for the instrument* A set of congestion hoops for the hydraulic cylinder* Additional set of cutting elements for cable glands – Ø16, 20, 26.2, 32.5, 39, 51, 63 and a square for display devices

46.5x46.5, 68x68 (ordered additionally); Catalogue number 54002

Hydraulic crimping pliers YQK – 70 type

Functions:* Crimping of aluminum or copper conductors with cable terminals or bush in the corresponding sizeTechnical data:

* Form of the crimping element: hexahedral * Size of the crimping element: 4, 6, 10, 16, 25, 35, 50, 70* Section of the crimping conductors:


* Element pressing power: 8T* Width of the element: 10mm* Weight of the instrument: 2.8 kg* Length: 310mm* Used hydraulic oil: Shell Tellus T15* Metal box for the instrument* A set of congestion hoops for the hydraulic cylinder

2mm

2mm2mm




Instruments

Hydraulic piercing instrumentswww.elmarkgroup.eu

J2

133

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Mechanical cable cutting pliers CC – 400 type

Functions:* Cutting of aluminum or copper cable conductors* Cutting of bearing steel plated wires* Cutting of conductors with metal bearing core

Technical data:* Maximum section of the cable:

- for aluminum conductors up to 400 - for copper conductors up to 350

* Cutting power: 15T* Presence of cutting mechanism type ratchet* Presence of brake of the cutting mechanism* Weight of the instrument: 1.25kg* Length of the instrument: 360mm* Package: blister

2mm2mm

Mechanical cable cutting pliers CC – 325 type




* Cutting power: 15T* Presence of cutting mechanism type ratchet* Presence of brake of the cutting mechanism* Weight of the instrument: 0.58kg* Length of the instrument: 260mm* Package: blister

2mm2mm

Mechanical cable cutting pliers HS – 250 type




* Weight of the instrument: 1.43kg* Length of the instrument: 540mm* Package: blister

2mm2mm

MANUAL INSTRUMENTS

Instrument for conductor stripping HS – 2103 type

Functions:* Cleaning of the plastic insulation of conductors and conductors* Cutting of aluminum or copper cable conductors up to 6* Cutting of bearing steel plated wires up to 2* Crimping of cable terminals

Technical data:* Possibility for crimping of automobile high voltage conductors* Possibility for crimping of cable conductors up to 6* Maximum section of the cable: up to 6* Weight of the instrument: 0.21kg* Length of the instrument: 213mm* Package: blister

2mm2mm

2mm2mm





Instruments

Mechanical cutting instruments

J3

134

Instrument for conductor stripping HS – 2603 type

Functions:* Cleaning of the plastic insulation of conductors and conductors* Cutting of aluminum or copper cable conductors up to 6* Cutting of bearing steel plated wires up to 2* Crimping of cable terminals

Technical data:* Possibility for crimping of cable conductors up to 6* Maximum section of the cable:

- cleaning of a rigid conductor: from 0.5 to 6 - cleaning of a flexible conductor: from 0.75 to 6

* Presence of openings for cutting of bolts: from M2.5 to M5* Weight of the instrument: 0.32kg* Length of the instrument: 240mm* Package: blister

2mm2mm

2mm

2mm2mm

Instrument for manual crimping of conductors HD – 005 type

Functions: * Crimping of naked cable terminals

Technical data:* Possibility for crimping of cable conductors up to 10* Form of the crimping head: hexahedral * Weight of the instrument: 0.49kg* Length of the instrument: 220mm* Package: blister

2mm

Instrument for manual crimping of conductors G – 301H type

Functions: * Crimping of isolated cable terminals

Technical data:* Possibility for crimping of cable conductors up to 6* Form of the crimping head: hexahedral * Weight of the instrument: 0.49kg* Length of the instrument: 220mm* Package: blister

2mm

Instrument for manual crimping of conductors SN – 003 type

Functions: * Crimping of naked cable terminals and joining bushes

Technical data:* Possibility for crimping of cable conductors from 6 to 16* Form of the crimping head: hexahedral * Weight of the instrument: 0.39kg* Length of the instrument: 190mm* Package: blister

2mm

Instrument for manual crimping of conductors HY –200R type

Functions: * Used for cleaning and crimping of 4, 6, and 8 core telephone or grid conductors* Crimping of terminals/couplings for telephone or computer grids

Technical data:* Possibility for crimping of cable conductors for 4, 6 or 8 cores* Weight of the instrument: 0.55kg* Length of the instrument: 200mm* Package: blister






Instruments

Hand instrumentswww.elmarkgroup.eu

J4

135

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Consumatives and cable terminals

Non-insulated butt terminals – with coating for crimping

They are copper pipe with galvanic tin coating. They are used for joining of copper conductors – rigid or multiple conductors with different section. The connection is accomplished through crimping pliers, through mechanical pressing of the butt terminals and the conductor.

Technical data:* Material: copper alloy* Coating: tin* Application: general

Standard: EN 61 238-1LengthL (mm)


Outer diameterD (mm)

Inner diameter d (mm)

Cable2 (mm )

Bimetal non-insulated butt terminals – with coating for crimping

They are pipe made of two metals – copper and aluminum without galvanic coating. They are designed for joining copper and aluminum conductors – rigid or multiple conductors with different section. The connection is accomplished through crimping pliers, through mechanical pressing of the butt terminals and the conductor. They are used for protection against electrochemical corrosion got at two metals contact with different chemical properties and conductivity at electrical current feed. They are manufactured under modern technology and have high quality and long exploitation period.

Technical data:* Material: copper aluminum alloy* Coating: none* Application: general for joining of two types of conductors

Standard: EN 61 238-1

Butt terminal type

d1 D1 d2 D2 l1 l2 L Catalogue number

Non-insulated butt terminals

K1

136

GTY-4GTY-6GTY-10GTY-16GTY-25GTY-35GTY-50GTY-70GTY-95GTY-120GTY-150GTY-185GTY-240

20253035404550556065707580

55.36.37.59

10.812.514.51719212326

33.74.55.77.28.59.811.513.715

16.718.521

4610162535507095

120150185240

59213592015920259203592045920559206592075920859209592105921159212

GTL - 1- 16

GTL - 1- 25

GTL - 1- 35

GTL - 1- 50

GTL - 1- 70

GTL - 1- 95

GTL - 1- 120

GTL - 1- 150

GTL - 1- 185

GTL - 1- 240

5

6

7

8.5

9.5

11.5

13.5

15

17

19

9

10

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

26

6

7

8.5

9.8

11.5

13.5

15

17

18.5

21

10

12

14

16

18

21

23

25

27

30

30

30

30

32

38

40

42

44

46

54

30

33

40

42

50

50

55

55

60

60

75

82

90

95

105

110

112

118

125

130

59214

59215

59216

59217

59218

59219

59220

59221

59222

59223

JM

DTL - 16DTL - 25DTL - 35DTL - 50DTL - 70DTL - 95DTL - 120DTL - 150DTL - 185DTL - 240

d1(mm)

D(mm)

d2(mm)

L(mm)

67

8.59.811.513.515

16.518.521

881010121214141616

70758590102112120126133140

11121416182123252730

59224592255922659227592285922959230592315923259233

JM - 2.5JM - 4JM - 6JM - 6

JМ - 10JM - 10JM - 16JM - 16JM - 16JM - 25JM - 25JM - 35JM - 35JM - 35JM - 50JM - 50JM - 50JM - 70JM - 70JM - 95JM - 95JM - 120JM - 120JM - 150JM - 185JM - 185JM - 240

d1(mm)

D(mm)

d2(mm)

L(mm)

2.23.03.83.84.84.85.55.55.577

8.28.28.29.89.89.811.511.513.813.815.515.516.518.818.821

6668686810810810128101210121012101212121616

24242424

25.525.530.530.530.534343838384545455050

55.555.5636371787892

4.54.85.55.56.86.87.57.57.599

10.510.510.512.512.512.514.514.517.517.519.519.521

23.523.526.5

592405924159035590595903659037590385903959040590415904259043590445904559046590475904859049590505905159052590535905459055590565905759058

l(mm)

B(mm)

30343840485053565860

1618

20.523262830343740

www.elmarkgroup.eu

K2

137




Non-insulated terminals

Non-insulated cable terminals with coating for crimping

They are used for joining copper conductors - multiple conductors with different section to electrical devices or connections to combine all cores of the conductor, to provide safe connection at tightening in terminals and safe connection at the base of the terminal. Thus the connection stability against vibrations is increased and the possibility for short circuit is decreased. They are made of copper alloy with galvanic tin coating. The connection is realized through crimping pliers, through mechanic pressing of the terminal and conductor. Two types are offered with standard length and extended base. They are manufactured under modern technology and have high quality and long exploitation period.

Technical data:* Material: copper alloy* Coating: tin* Application: general for joining conductors to electrical devices.

Bimetal non-insulated cable terminals for crimping

They are used for joining aluminum conductors - multiple conductors with different section to electrical devices or connections to combine all cores of the conductor, to provide safe connection at tightening in terminals and safe connection at the base of the terminal. Thus the connection stability against vibrations is increased and the possibility for short circuit is decreased. They are made of copper and aluminum alloys as in the aluminum billet is made under special technology the copper terminal formed like an ear. The connection is realized through crimping pliers, through mechanic pressing of the terminal and conductor. They are manufactured under modern technology and have high quality and long exploitation period.

Technical data:* Material: copper aluminum* Application: general for joining conductors to electrical devices.

Dimensions:Bimetal non-insulated cable terminals for crimping

Dimensions:Non-insulated cable terminals for crimping

Shoetype

Catalogue number

Shoetype

Catalogue number

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Insulated butt connectors

2They are cable butt terminal with cross section up to 6mm with polyvinylchloride insulation. They are used for joining/extending multiple conductors with section up to 6mm. It increases the connection stability against vibrations and decreases the possibility for short circuit. The connection is realized through crimping pliers, through mechanic pressing of the terminal and conductor. The different insulation colour corresponds to different conductor sections. They are manufactured under modern technology and have high quality and long exploitation period.

Technical data:* Material: copper alloy* Coating: polyvinylchloride* Application: general for joining copper conductors


Insulated cable terminals

They represent a cable terminal made of brass alloy with galvanic tin coating and insulated with polyvinylchloride. They are used as non-insulated terminals, as the insulated part protects the cores from bending and breaking in the joining point and at the same time it protects the staff from direct contact to the current leading elements. They are used for connectors with section up to 6mm. The connection is realized through crimping pliers, through mechanic pressing of the terminal and cable. The different insulation colour corresponds to different conductor sections. They are manufactured under modern technology and have high quality and long exploitation period.

Technical data:* Material: copper alloy* Coating: polyvinylchloride* Application: general for joining copper conductors* Ambient temperature: -10 to +75°C

All insulated cable terminals are being offered in 100 pcs. packing

MALEMDD - red1.25 - 187

MDD - red1.25 - 250

MDD - blue2 - 187

MDD - blue2 - 250

MDD - yellow5.5 - 250

Colour

Type

bluered yellow

FEMALEFDD - red1.25 - 187

FDD - red1.25 - 250

FDD - 2 - 187

blue FDD - 2 - 250

blue FDD - 5.5 - 250

yellow

Catalogue number

Catalogue number

Catalogue number

Package(pcs.)

Colour

Type

white blue red black grey orange greendark

greenmilkyyellow black

grey-yellow

Catalogue number

Shoewidth

Conductor2(mm )

Terminal length (mm)

Conductor2(mm )

Size of the opening (mm)

Conductor2(mm )


Insulated terminals

Colour bluered yellow

Type number

Catalogue number

Package (pcs.)

Length (mm)

Conductor2(mm )

K3

138

PVT 1.25

16 25

BV 1.25

16 25

PVT 2 BV 2

20 25

PVT 5.5 BV 5.5

100 100 100 100 100 100

59015 59001 59034 59002 59014 59003

1 1 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 4-6 4-6

59012 59009 59013 59011 59010

59008 59006 59007 59004 59005

187 250 187 250 250

1 1 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 4-6

Е0508 Е7508 Е1008 Е1510 Е2512 Е4012 Е6018 Е10-18 Е16-18 Е25-16 Е35-25

59023 59024 59025 59026 59027 59028 59029 59030 59031 59032 59033

8 8 8 10 12 12 18 18 18 16 25

0.5 0.75 1.0 1.5 2.5 4.0 6.0 10 16 25 35

RVL 1.25-4 RVL 1.25-5 RVL 2-4 RVL 2-5 RVL 5.5-4 RV 5.5-5 RV 5.5-6

59021 59022 59018 59019 59020 59016 59017

100 100 100 100 100 100 100

4 5 4 5 4 5 6

1 1 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 4-6 4-6 4-6

MALEPTV - red1.25 - 10

PTV - blue2 - 10

PTV - 2 - 12

blue PTV - 5.5 - 13

yellow

Catalogue number

Shoewidth

Conductor2(mm )

PTV - red1.25 - 12


Insulated terminals

MALEPBDD - 1.25 - 250

red PBDD - yellow5.5 - 250

Catalogue number

Shoewidth

Conductor2(mm )

PBDD - 2 - 250

blue

MALEMPD - 1.25 - 156

red MPD - 5.5 - 195

yellow

Catalogue number

Shoewidth

Conductor2(mm )

MPD - 2 - 195

blue

MALEMDFN - 1.25 - 250

red MDFN - 5 - 250

yellow

Catalogue number

Shoewidth

Conductor2(mm )

MDFN - 2 - 250

blue

Type number

Cataloguenumber

Package(pcs.)

Length (mm)

Conductor2(mm )

www.elmarkgroup.eu

K3

139

59101 59103 59104 5910559102

1.9 1.9 1.9 2.9

0.25-1.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 4-6

1.9

0.25-2.5

59106 5910859107

6.3 6.3

0.25-1.5 4-6

6.3

1.5-2.5

59109 5911159110

6.3 6.3

0.25-1.5 4-6

6.3

1.5-2.5

59112 5911459113

4 5

0.25-1.5 4-6

4

1.5-2.5

18.1 20.1 25.5 27.3

100 100 100 100

CHS3 CHS4 CHS5 CHS6

59115 59116 59117 59118

0.25-1.5 1.5-2.5 4-6 8

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Cable glands PG type

They are designed to provide the IP code IP at conductors passing through the walls of the electrical distribution boxes. They represent a plastic pipe supplied with the corresponding gaskets and nuts. All cable gland elements are made of high quality plastic (PE) or rubber.

Technical data:* Material: polyethylene* Colour: gray * Application: general * Ambient temperature: -40 to +85°C* IP code: IP 55

(PE)

Standard: EN 60 423; 4858-81

Cable glandtype

Overlappingfield

Т(mm)

B(mm)

d(mm)

D(mm)

L1(mm)

Cataloguenumber

L2(mm)

Zero rails

They represent a brass rail with rectangular section with fabric made openings for the conductors and bolts for clamping of the conductor. They are offered in types with insulated and non-insulated rail. They are used in the electrical distribution boxes for zeroing and earthing.

Technical data:* Material: brass for the current leading elements* Insulation material: plastic* Colour: gray/blue * Application: general * Ambient temperature: -40 to +85°C

Zero rails

Lenght L (mm)

HeightH (mm)

WidhtW (mm) Ø D (mm) Bolt

Cataloguenumber

1000 7.8 6 5 М4 14002

Number of terminals

BRASS

Railtype

250 5 М4 14012ZEROinsulated

16

Railtype

L A B C ØD M Cataloguenumber

Zero terminals


Consumatives

SP 029

SP 031

K4

140

SP 029-4SP 029-6SP 029-8SP 029-10SP 029-12SP 031-4SP 031-6SP 031-8SP 031-10SP 031-12

82.9.4100.9118.9136.9182.459.576.5

93111128

21.521.521.521.521.531.531.531.531.531.5

1212121212

12.412.412.412.412.4

70.588.5

106.5124.5

17048.565.5

82100117

6.56.56.56.56.56.56.56.56.56.5

5x105x105x105x105x105x105x105x105x105x10

14204142061420814210142121430414306143081431014312

PG-7PG-9PG-11PG-13.5PG-16PG-19PG-21PG-24PG-29PG-36PG-42PG-48

3.5-6.85-86-107-128-149-17

10-1815-2216-2418-2826-36232-39

16.318.921.723.626.5

2932.332.641.1

5257.465.2

1821.723.526.529.3

3235.632.645.4

5861.970.7

6.68.5

10.4131417192426

31.537.6

43

1215.518.5

2021.5

2328

29.836465158

1010

8.5109

121213

12.512.517.5

21

222529292929353140454750

500070500090500110500135500160500190500210500240500290500360500420500480

Insulating PVC tape with dimensions 0.15mm / 19mm / 20y

Colour

Catalogue number

black white red blue yellow/green

Package (pcs.) 10 10 10 10 10

51001 51005 51002 51006 51004

Cable ties

Length(mm)

Width(mm)

Clips for cable fixing

Type CHR-4 CHR-5 CHR-6 CHR-7 CHR-8 CHR-9 CHR-10 CHR-12 CHR-14 CHR-16

Ф 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16

Catalogue number

Catalogue numberwhite

500004 500005 500006 500007 500008 500009 500010 500012 500014 500016

Catalogue number black


Consumativeswww.elmarkgroup.eu

K4

141

150

2.5

500152

500151

160

2.5

500162

500161

200

2.5

500202

-

250

3.5

500253

500251

280

3.5

500283

500281

300

3.5

500303

500301

300

4.8

500304

-

370

3.5

500373

-

380

4.8

500384

-

450

4.8

500454

-

500

7.9

500507

500501

100

2.5

500100

-

www.elmarkgroup.eu

EC-0-0EC-0-1EC-0-2EC-0-3EC-0-4EC-0-5EC-0-6EC-0-7EC-0-8EC-0-9

1.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.2

1000100010001000100010001000100010001000

318000318001318002318003318004318005318006318007318008318009


2.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.2

1000100010001000100010001000100010001000

318010318011318012318013318014318015318016318017318018318019


3.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.2

500500500500500500500500500500

318020318021318022318023318024318025318026318027318028318029


5 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.2

250250250250250250250250250250

318030318031318032318033318034318035318036318037318038318039

EC-0-aEC-0-bEC-0-REC-0-SEC-0-TEC-0-NEC-0-PEC-0-ЕEC-0-АEC-0-BEC-0-CEC-0-Q

1.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.2

100010001000100010001000100010001000100010001000

31800a31800b31800R31800S31800T31800N31800P31800E31800A31800B31800C31800Q


2.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.2

100010001000100010001000100010001000100010001000

31801a31801b31801R31801S31801T31801N31801P31801E31801A31801B31801C31801Q


3.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.2

500500500500500500500500500500500500

31802a31802b31802R31802S31802T31802N31802P31802E31802A31802B31802C31802Q


5 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.2

250250250250250250250250250250250250

31803a31803b31803R31803S31803T31803N31803P31803E31803A31803B31803C31803Q

K5

142

Cable tags – sets

Consumatives


Section (mm)TYPE Catalogue numberNumber in a roller Section (mm)TYPE Catalogue numberNumber in a roller




Terminal blocks

WL

H

Fixed terminal blocks

Series fixed terminal blocks with universal application in electrical distribution boxes. For DIN-rail mounting. Variety of sizes for optimum using of the space in the distribution boxes through selection of appropriate terminals for the corresponding conductors. Made of non-flammable insulating polymeric material.

Standard: IEC - 60947-7-1

Section of the 2conductor (mm )

Size of the terminal (mm)

In (А) Un (V) Colour Type number Cataloguenumber

single-core multiple-core

L H W

0.2-4 0.2-2.5 42.5 47 5.2 32 800 LTU2UK 3NLTU2UK 3NLTU2UK 3NLTU2UK 3N

8mm"...6"

31033310323103131035

L H W

0.2-6 0.2-4 42.5 47 41 800 LTU2UK 5NLTU2UK 5NLTU2UK 5NLTU2UK 5N

6.2

8mm"...6"

31053310523105131055

L H W

0.2-10 0.2-6 42.5 47 8.2 57 800 LTU2UK 6NLTU2UK 6NLTU2UK 6NLTU2UK 6N

31063310623106131065

10mm"...8"

L H W

0.5-16 0.5-10 42.5 47 10.2 76 800 LTU2UK 10NLTU2UK 10NLTU2UK 10NLTU2UK 10N

31103311023110131105

12mm"...10"

L H W

2.5-25

10-35

4-16

10-35

42.5

55

47

62

12.2

15.2

101

125

800

800

grey

grey

LTU2UIK 16

LTU2UIK 35

31163

31353

12mm"...10" 16mm"...10"


www.elmarkgroup.eu

K5

143


















greyred

blackblue

greyred

blackblue

greyred

blackblue

greyred

blackblue

Type number

5JD

6JD

10JD

16JD

35JD

www.elmarkgroup.eu

In (А) Un (V)

L H W

0.2-4

0.2-10

0.5-10

2.5-25

2.5-35

0.2-4

0.2-6

0.5-6

2.5-16

2.5-35

42.5

42.5

42.5

42.5

42.5

47

47

47

47

47

6.2

8.2

8.2

12.2

15

34

37

61

108

135

800

800

800

800

800

yellow-green

yellow-green

yellow-green

yellow-green

yellow-green

16mm"...10"

LTU2 UK JD seriesSeries double-sided insulated fixed terminal blocks designed to connect earthing conductors. Two-colour insulation (yellow and green). Made of non-flammable insulating polymeric material.

31054

31064

31104

31164

31354

Accessories for fixed terminal blocks – marking tags ZB typeAccessories for marking and separation of different electrical circuits, voltage and fixing of elements for DIN-rail mounting.

20

10

white

white

Number of tags in a strip

6

8

Size(mm)

Cataloguenumber

Type number

ZB6

ZB8

31906

31908

End cover

Colour

grey 1.5

Thickness(mm)

Cataloguenumber

Type number

EC 31901

Colour

grey 5

Thickness(mm)

Cataloguenumber

Type number

Е/UK 31902

Fixing terminal E/UK type

Terminal blocks TBH type

Number of tags in a strip

In (А) Un (V) Colour Cataloguenumber

Section of the conductor 2 (mm )

up to 1.5

up to 4

up to 6

up to 10

up to 6

10

10

10

10

10

3

6

10

15

20

660

660

660

660

660

semi-transparent

semi-transparent

semi-transparent

white

white

Type number

TBH 3A

TBH 6A

TBH 10A

5

TBH 20A

TBH 1 A

31003

31006

31010

31015

31020

Standard: IEC - 60947-7-1

Terminal blocks


K5

144



Colour

Colour

Cataloguenumber


Thermal shrinkable tubes ZDG type

The thin wall thermal shrinkable tubes are used for cable connections insulation, at conductors repair to protect the cable head from corrosion, for protection of the cable insulation from water and moisture, for restoring the cable insulation integrity, etc. It is a plastic thin wall pipe which at temperature higher than 120°C shrinks its initial diameter to a certain degree. The material has high temperature and UV rays wear resistance. The material represents the so called permanently netted plastic. This material is obtained as the plastic billet is processed with the help of high energy electron rays so that inner molecular bonds between adjacent molecules are formed. After that the pipe is heated to the boiling point, the pipe inflates, so do the inner molecular bonds. Then the pipe is sharply refrigerated and the molecules stay in the condition of inflated bonds for indefinite long time. Heating the pipe repeatedly (after being mounted to the given cable) the crystals melt again but due to the net structure, they resume the initial pipe diameter and take the form of the cable, pressing it and not allowing the moisture to get under the pipe.

Standard: EN 60 684

Technical data:* Material: threefold netted polyene * Colours: blue, black, red, yellow, yellow-green, green, white* Contraction degree: min 2 : 1* Ambient temperature: -40 to + 100°C* Contraction temperature: min 120°C* Flame wear resistance: burns faintly * It does not liberate harmful substances* Insulation resistance: * Application: general

211х 10 Ω/cm

* Insulating voltage 1000 V

D1(mm)

D2(mm)

S(mm)

Catalogue number *blue, red, black, green, yellow, yellow-green

Quantity(m)

Note: * At orders after the catalogue number of the corresponding diameter a letter showing the colour must be added: B – blue; R – red; K - black; G - green; Y – yellow; V – yellow-green


Thermal shrinkable tubeswww.elmarkgroup.eu

K6

145

11.5234567891011121314151618202225283035405060708090100120150

0.50.751.01.52.02.53.03.54.04.55.05.56.06.57.07.58.09.01011

12.51415

16.5202530354045506075

0.040.040.050.050.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.08

200200200200100100100100100100100100100100100100100

50505025252525252525252525252525

301001x301115x301002x301003x301004x301005x301006x301007x301008x301009x301010x301011x301012x301013x301014x301015x301016x301018x301020x301022x301025x301028x301030x301035x301040x301050x301060x301070x301080x301090x301100x301120x301150x

146"RHYME”

Electrical switches and sockets

L1

Sch.5 11041 10 10 10 10 10 10

10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A

Sch.1

Sch.6

Sch.7

11011

11021

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

11013

11023

10

10

11012

11022

10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A

dimmer 11191 10 dimmer 10 10dimmer 10dimmer 10dimmer 10dimmer

400W 400W 400W 400W 400W 400W

10

10

10

11181

11181В

10 10

10

10 10 10

10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A

11015

11025

11014

11024

11016

11026

11046 11044 110451104311042

11196 11194 111951119311192

11184

11184В

11186 111851118311182

11181C 11182C 11183C 11186C 11184C 11185C10 10 10 10 10

Scheme Whitemetallic

Package(pcs)

Package(pcs)

Package(pcs)

Package(pcs)

Goldmetallic

Package(pcs)

Champagnemetallic

Graphitemetallic

Greymetallic

Coffeemetallic

Package(pcs)

Scheme Scheme Scheme Scheme Scheme

Sch.1

Sch.6

Sch.7

Sch.1

Sch.6

Sch.7

Sch.1

Sch.6

Sch.7

Sch.1

Sch.6

Sch.7

Sch.1

Sch.6

Sch.7


Package(pcs)

Package(pcs)

Package(pcs)

Package(pcs)

Goldmetallic

Package(pcs)

Champagnemetallic

Graphitemetallic

Greymetallic

Coffeemetallic

Package(pcs)



Package(pcs)

Package(pcs)

Package(pcs)

Package(pcs)

Goldmetallic

Package(pcs)

Champagnemetallic

Graphitemetallic

Greymetallic

Coffeemetallic

Package(pcs)



Package(pcs)

Package(pcs)

Package(pcs)

Package(pcs)

Goldmetallic

Package(pcs)

Champagnemetallic

Graphitemetallic

Greymetallic

Coffeemetallic

Package(pcs)


Sch.5 Sch.5 Sch.5 Sch.5 Sch.5

door bell

push button

door bellwith sign

door bell

push button

door bell

push button

door bell

push button

door bell

push button

door bellwith sign

door bell

push button

www.elmarkgroup.eu

147"RHYME”


L1

11261

11281

11251

10

10

10

Phone socket

Computer socket

TV

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

Insert keypowerswitch

11331 10 10 10 10 1010

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

11551

11661

10

10

Double

Triple

16A 16A

German type

socket11211 10 1121610 1121410 112151011213 1011212 10

L3

16A 16A 16A16A

11556

11666

11554

11664

11555

11665

11553

11663

11552

11662

11334 113351133311332 11336

11266

11286

11256

11264

11284

11254

11265

11285

11255

11263

11283

11253

11262

11282

11252


Package(pcs)

Package(pcs)

Package(pcs)

Package(pcs)

Goldmetallic

Package(pcs)

Champagnemetallic

Graphitemetallic

Greymetallic

Coffeemetallic

Package(pcs)



Package(pcs)

Package(pcs)

Package(pcs)

Package(pcs)

Goldmetallic

Package(pcs)

Champagnemetallic

Graphitemetallic

Greymetallic

Coffeemetallic

Package(pcs)



Package(pcs)

Package(pcs)

Package(pcs)

Package(pcs)

Goldmetallic

Package(pcs)

Champagnemetallic

Graphitemetallic

Greymetallic

Coffeemetallic

Package(pcs)


Panel Whitemetallic

Package(pcs)

Package(pcs)

Package(pcs)

Package(pcs)

Goldmetallic

Package(pcs)

Champagnemetallic

Graphitemetallic

Greymetallic

Coffeemetallic

Package(pcs)

Panel Panel Panel Panel Panel

Double

Triple

Double

Triple

Double

Triple

Double

Triple

Double

Triple






Phone socket

Computer socket

TV

Phone socket

Computer socket

TV

Phone socket

Computer socket

TV

Phone socket

Computer socket

TV

Phone socket

Computer socket

TV

German type

socket

German type

socket

German type

socket

German type

socket

German type

socket

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Colour

Catalogue №

Package(pcs)

Type

WHITE

Colour

Catalogue №

Package(pcs)

single

063010

40

Type

CHROME

double

063110

40

triple

063210

40

Colour

Catalogue №

Package(pcs)

single

06302

40

Type

SILVER GRAY

double

06312

40

triple

06322

40

Colour

Catalogue №

Package(pcs)

single

06304

40

Type

YELLOW

double

06314

40

triple

06324

40

Colour

Catalogue №

Package(pcs)

single

06305

40

Type

PEAR-TREE

double

06315

40

triple

06325

40

Colour

Catalogue №

Package(pcs)

single

063011

40

Type

GOLDEN

double

063111

40

triple

063211

40

Colour

Catalogue №

Package(pcs)

single

06307

40

Type

BORDO

double

06317

40

triple

06327

40

Colour

Catalogue №

Package(pcs)

single

06306

40

Type

CHERRY-TREE

double

06316

40

triple

06326

40

Colour

Catalogue №

Package(pcs)

Type

BLACK

Colour

Catalogue №

Package(pcs)

single

063012

40

Type

ORANGE

double

063112

40

triple

063212

40

Colour

Catalogue №

Package(pcs)

single

06308

40

Type

LIGHT BLUE

double

06318

40

triple

06328

40

Colour

Catalogue №

Package(pcs)

single

06309

40

Type

DARK BLUE

double

06319

40

triple

06329

40


Panels “Splendor”148

single

06301

40

double

06311

40

triple

06321

40

single with cover

0629

20

single

06303

40

double

06313

40

triple

06323

40

single with cover

1629

20

L2

Cataloguenumber

Type Rated currentIn (A)

Colour Package(pcs)

white

dark gray

white

dark gray

Cataloguenumber


Colour Package(pcs)

two buttons one way switch 10 10

white

dark gray

Cataloguenumber


Colour Package(pcs)

German type socket16 10

white

dark gray

0616

1616

Cataloguenumber


Colour Package(pcs)

one button one way switch with light 10 10

white

dark gray

0606

1606

one button two way switch with light 10

white

dark gray

0607

160710

Cataloguenumber


Colour Package(pcs)

Push light button

Door bell switch

10

10

10

10

white

dark gray

0605

1605

white

dark gray

0609

1609

Cataloguenumber

Type Power(W)

Colour Package(pcs)

Dimmer switch 350 10white

dark gray

0618

1618

Fan speed switch 500white

dark gray

0619

1619

Cataloguenumber

Type Colour Package(pcs)

ТV 10white

dark gray

0621

1621

Cataloguenumber


Phone socket

Phone socket double

Computer socket RG 45

RG 11

10

10

10

white

dark gray

0623

1623

white

dark gray

06232

16232

Cataloguenumber


Colour Package(pcs)

Insert key power switch 10 10

0633

1633

0601

1601

0602

1602

0610

1610

white

dark gray

0603

1603

10

10

10

one button one way switch

one button two way switch

cross switch

10

10

10


Functional part “SPLENDOR”

two buttons one way switch with light / two

buttons two way switch10

white

dark gray

0612 / 0611

1612 / 161110

white

dark gray

0624

1624

10

www.elmarkgroup.eu

149

white

dark gray

L2

www.elmarkgroup.eu


"BASIC"

L3

150

38100

38120

10

10

push buttonTG112A

door bellTG112

Scheme White Package(pcs)

38101

38121

10

10

Beige(crème)

Package(pcs)

38102

38122

10

10

Silvergray

Package(pcs)

38103

38123

10

10

Graphitedark gray

Package(pcs)

38104

38124

10

10

Blue Package(pcs)

38105

38125

10

10

Tree(Pear)

Package(pcs)

Sch.5TG103

38050 10


Sch.5TG103

38051 10

Scheme Beige(crème)

Package(pcs)

Sch.5TG103

38052 10

Scheme Silvergray

Package(pcs)

Sch.5TG103

38053 10

Scheme Graphitedark gray

Package(pcs)

Sch.5TG103

38054 10

Scheme Blue Package(pcs)

Sch.5TG103

38055 10

Scheme Tree(Pear)

Package(pcs)

Sch.1TG101Sch.6TG102Sch.7TG115Sch.1light

TG114

38000

38010

38070

38700

10

10

10

10


38001

38011

38071

38701

10

10

10

10


Package(pcs)

38002

38012

38072

38702

10

10

10

10

Scheme Silvergray

Package(pcs)

38003

38013

38073

38703

10

10

10

10


Package(pcs)

38004

38014

38074

38704

10

10

10

10


38005

38015

38075

38705

10

10

10

10

Scheme Tree(Pear)

Package(pcs)

dimmerTG111 38800 10




Package(pcs)

38802 10

Scheme Silvergray

Package(pcs)



Package(pcs)




Scheme Tree(Pear)

Package(pcs)

dimmerTG111

push buttonTG112A

door bellTG112

Scheme

push buttonTG112A

door bellTG112

Scheme

push buttonTG112A

door bellTG112

Scheme

push buttonTG112A

door bellTG112

Scheme

push buttonTG112A

door bellTG112

Scheme


TG114


TG114


TG114


TG114


TG114

10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A

10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A

10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A

400W 400W 400W 400W 400W 400W


"BASIC"www.elmarkgroup.eu

L3

151

38250 10


38251 10


Package(pcs)

38252 10

Scheme Silvergray

Package(pcs)

38253 10


Package(pcs)

38254 10


38255 10

Scheme Tree(Pear)

Package(pcs)

38350

38300

10

10


38351

38301

10

10


Package(pcs)

38352

38302

10

10

Scheme Silvergray

Package(pcs)

38353

38303

10

10


Package(pcs)

38354

38304

10

10


38355

38305

10

10

Scheme Tree(Pear)

Package(pcs)

38360 10


38362 10

Scheme Silvergray

Package(pcs)

38363 10


Package(pcs)

38364 10


38365 10

Scheme Tree(Pear)

Package(pcs)

38361 10


Package(pcs)

38901

38911

10

10

Panel Beige(crème)

Package(pcs)

38902

38912

10

10

Panel Silvergray

Package(pcs)

38903

38913

10

10

Panel Graphitedark gray

Package(pcs)

38904

38914

10

10

Panel Blue Package(pcs)

38905

38915

10

10

Panel Tree(Pear)

Package(pcs)

38900

38910

10

10

Panel White Package(pcs)

Double

Triple

Ger.type

TZ107Cwith cover

Ger.type

TZ10738200 10 38201 10 38202 10 38203 10 38204 10 38205 10

Ger.type

TZ107Cwith cover

Ger.type

TZ107Ger.type

TZ107Cwith cover

Ger.type

TZ107Ger.type

TZ107Cwith cover

Ger.type

TZ107Ger.type

TZ107Cwith cover

Ger.type

TZ107Ger.type

TZ107Cwith cover

Ger.type

TZ107

tel.TZ106comp.TZ112

tel.TZ106comp.TZ112

tel.TZ106comp.TZ112

tel.TZ106comp.TZ112

tel.TZ106comp.TZ112

tel.TZ106comp.TZ112

TVTZ111

TVTZ111

TVTZ111

TVTZ111

TVTZ111

TVTZ111

Double

Triple

Double

Triple

Double

Triple

Double

Triple

Double

Triple

16A 16A 16A 16A 16A 16A

Colour

Catalogue №

Package (pcs)

single

34601

40

Type

WHITE

double

34613

40

triple

34625

40

quadruple

34637

35

single

34609

40

CHROME

double

34621

40

triple

34633

40

quadruple

34645

35

single

34610

40

SILVER GRAY

double

34622

40

triple

34634

40

quadruple

34646

35

single

34602

40

YELLOW

double

34614

40

triple

34626

40

quadruple

34638

35

single

34611

40

PEAR-TREE

double

34623

40

triple

34635

40

quadruple

34647

35

single

34608

40

GOLDEN

double

34620

40

triple

34632

40

quadruplle

34644

35

single

34606

40

BORDO

double

34618

40

triple

34630

40

quadruple

34642

35

single

34162

40

CHERRY-TREE

double

34624

40

triple

34636

40

quadruple

34648

35

single

34607

40

DARK GRAY

double

34619

40

triple

34631

40

quadruple

34643

35

single

34603

40

GREEN

double

34615

40

triple

34627

40

quadruple

34639

35

single

34605

40

LIGHT BLUE

double

34617

40

triple

34629

40

quadruple

34641

35

single

34604

40

DARK BLUE

double

34616

40

triple

34628

40

quadruple

34640

35

* Single switch or socket use triple frame

* Single, double or triple swich or socket use triple console

Frame

Catalogue №

Package (pcs)

double triple quadruple sixfold

24262 24201 24202 24206F

10 10 10 10

Console

Catalogue №

Package (pcs)

triple quadruple sixfold

Console box for bricks and concrete

10 10 10

www.elmarkgroup.eu


Panels and frames "LIFE STYLE"

PANELS

L4

152

sixfold

34660

35

sixfold

34662

35

sixfold

34661

35

24203 71304 68206

Console box for hollow-wall


24205 24206

10 10

Box

Catalogue №

Package (pcs)

double triple quadruple

Surface mounting box

10 10

2702 2703

Watertight box


22451А 22461А

10 10

Colour

Catalogue №

Package (pcs)

Type

Colour

Catalogue №

Package (pcs)

Type

Colour

Catalogue №

Package (pcs)

Type

Colour

Catalogue №

Package (pcs)

Type

Colour

Catalogue №

Package (pcs)

Type

Colour

Catalogue №

Package (pcs)

Type

Colour

Catalogue №

Package (pcs)

Type

Colour

Catalogue №

Package (pcs)

Type

Colour

Catalogue №

Package (pcs)

Type

Colour

Catalogue №

Package (pcs)

Type

Colour

Catalogue №

Package (pcs)

Type

Cataloguenumber


Colour Package(pcs)

4one button

one way switch 16white

dark gray2050121501

cross switch 16 4white

dark gray

20579

21579

Cataloguenumber


Colour Package(pcs)

door bell switch with light

push button with light

10

10

4

4

white

dark graywhite

dark gray

20510A

21510A20510B

21510B

Cataloguenumber


Colour Package(pcs)

curtain switch 10 4white

dark gray

20521

21521

Cataloguenumber

Type Power(W)

Colour Package(pcs)

dimmer switch

fan speed switch

500

500

8

8

white

dark graywhite

dark gray

20803

2180320803A

21803A

Cataloguenumber

Type Power(VA)

Colour Package(pcs)

bell 230V 8 8white

dark gray

20616

21616

Cataloguenumber


Colour Package(pcs)

German type socket

16 4white

dark gray

20265

21265

Cataloguenumber


Colour Package(pcs)

Italian standard multi socket 16 4

white

dark gray

20203

21203

Cataloguenumber


TV antenna socket 4white

dark gray

20228

21228

Cataloguenumber


phone socket

computer socket RG 45

RG 11

4

4

white

dark graywhite

dark gray

20251

2125120266

21266

Cataloguenumber


Colour Package(pcs)

decorative switch 10white

dark gray

20056

21056

Cataloguenumber


Colour Package(pcs)

one button two way switch 16

16

4

4

white

dark graywhite

dark gray

20506

2150620507

21507one button two

way switch with light


Functional part “LIFE STYLE”www.elmarkgroup.eu

L4

153

www.elmarkgroup.eu

A1

Package (pcs)

Catalogue number

Model Cable specification

Cable length

H05VV-F 23 x 1.5mm 10m

MAK-2A with thermal protection

4791110

Package (pcs)

Catalogue number


Cable length

H05VV-F

H05VV-F

23 x 1.5mm

23 x 1.5mm

20m

25m

MAK-3 with thermal protection

47921

47925

4

4

Package (pcs)

Catalogue number


Cable length

H05VV-F

H05VV-F

H05VV-F

23 x 1.5mm

23 x 1.5mm

23 x 1.5mm

25m

40m

50m

MAK-4 with thermal protection

47927

47940

47950

2

2

2


Cable length

H05VV-F (DG-D05B)H05VV-F (DG-D05B)H05VV-F (DG-D05B)H05VV-F (DG-D06B)H05VV-F (DG-D06B)H05VV-F (DG-D06B)Max.3500W,16/250~

23 x 1.5mm23 x 1.5mm23 x 1.5mm23 x 1.5mm23 x 1.5mm23 x 1.5mm

1.5m3.0m5.0m1.5m3.0m5.0m

Catalogue number

470514705347055470614706347065

DG - D05B / DG - D06B


Cable length

H05VV-F (DG-D03B)H05VV-F (DG-D03B)H05VV-F (DG-D03B)H05VV-F (DG-D04B)H05VV-F (DG-D04B)H05VV-F (DG-D04B)Max.3500W,16/250~

23 x 1.0mm23 x 1.5mm23 x 1.5mm23 x 1.0mm23 x 1.5mm23 x 1.5mm

1.5m3.0m5.0m1.5m3.0m5.0m

Catalogue number

470314708047081470414708247083

DG - D03B / DG - D04B


Multiplugs and cable reels

K7

154

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Notes155

ELMARK’s participation in technical exhibitions

www.elmarkgroup.eu

156

Hannover Messe 2008, Germany

www.elmarkgroup.eu

ELMARK sample boards in business centers157

Board 1 Board 2

Board 3 Board switches

www.elmarkgroup.eu

Service and maintenance158

ELMARK HOLDING SC offers wide range of services to answer the client’s requirementscompletely and thoroughly.In order to improve the service quality ELMARK HOLDING has opened:

E-mail: [email protected]; tel. +359 52 575 500; fax +359 52 575 501to receive claims, advice, questions and orders for services.

* ELMARK HOLDING SC provides guarantee and post-guarantee maintenance to allproducts.* Repair or replacement of damaged devices in guarantee or post-guarantee period.* Each letter could be sent in the language preferred by the client.* The guarantee of the products is valid at adherence to the specifications for mounting

and exploitation.

ELMARK HOLDING SC has started engineering services as well.* Making of boards at client’s documentation projects.* Appurtenances mounting in industrial projects.* Recommendation for modernization and reconstruction of outdated devices.* Choice of suitable current leakage protection in order to improve the safety of the staff.* Defining the power supply voltage quality and the consumed capacity.* Harmonic analysis of the power supply voltage and studying the possibilities for failurelessening. Calculating smoothing filters.* Capacity factor measuring and calculating the necessary capacitor batteries. Cutting down the energy losses and improving the quality of the supplied electrical energy.

To connect the engineering department you can refer to:

e-mail: [email protected] phone +359 89 666 88 01, fax +359 58 66 25 25

GENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR ROMANIA

ELMARK GRUP SRLROMANIA, BUCHAREST8 Bucuresti Urziceni Str.Tel. +40 21 351 54 81 / 82Fax +40 21 351 54 83E-mail: [email protected]

GENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR SERBIA

ELMARK GRUP DOOSERBIA, KRAGUJEVAC4 Drage Todorovich Str.Tel. +381 34 311 777Fax +381 34 311 778E-mail: [email protected]

SERBIA, BELGRADEZemun - Altina54 Ugrinovachki put Str.Mobile +381 63 114 77 82Tel./Fax +381 11 316 39 50E-mail: [email protected]

GENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR CROATIA

STIMO DOOCROATIA, BJELOVAR8 Hrvatskog proljeca Str.Tel./Fax +385 43 212 211Tel./Fax +385 43 225 114E-mail: [email protected]

GENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR HUNGARY

ELEKTRO PROFI COMMERCIAL LTD.HUNGARY, BUDAPEST3 Albertirsai Str.Tel. +36 1 460 61 40Fax +36 1 460 61 41E-mail: [email protected]

GENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR JORDAN

SOFIA IMPORT&EXPORT EST. JORDAN, AMMANSHAFA BARDAN - ASP UNIVERSITY CIRCLE PRINCE TATAL BIN MOHAMMAD STR.Tel. +962 7 77 749649 Fax +962 6 53 38589 E-mail: [email protected]

GENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR SRI LANKA

ATTOTECH SYSTEMS ENGINEERING (PVT) LTD.SRI LANKA, BALLUMMAHARA, Mudungoda, No: 72, Kandy RoadTel. +943 34 674 803Fax +943 34 674 802E-mail: [email protected]

GENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR ISRAEL

TAMHASH LTDISRAEL, RISHON LE ZION21 Moshe Sharet St., P.O.B 5038 75151Tel. +972 3 9611288Fax +972 3 9616270 / 5747E-mail: [email protected]

ELMARK HOLDING SC

BULGARIA, VARNAZPZ, 10 Perla Str.Tel. +359 52 57 55 00Fax +359 52 57 55 01E-mail: [email protected]

ELMARK FACTORY IN EUROPE

ELMARK INDUSTRIES SCBULGARIA, DOBRICH2 Dobrudja Blvd.Tel./Fax +359 58 66 25 25E-mail: [email protected]

www.elmarkgroup.euGENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR GREECE

ANASTASIADI S.A.GREECE, THESSALONIKI4, G. Drossini Str., KordelioTel. +30 2310 700250Fax +30 2310 707577E-mail: [email protected]

GENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR CYPRUS

HLEKTRAPOTHIKI L.T.D.CYPRUS, PAFOS3, Kalamatas Str.Tel. +357 26 937 726

GENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR BOSNA I HERCEGOVINA

STANEX DOOBOSNA I HERCEGOVINA, ZENICA17 KRALJA TVRTKA I Str.Tel. +387 32 444 040 / 050 / 060E-mail: [email protected]

ELIM DOOBOSNA I HERCEGOVINA, LAKTAŠIShushniaari Str.Tel. +387 51 586 000Fax +387 51 586 060E-mail: [email protected]

GENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR MONTENEGRO

TRGOTEHNA DOO MONTENEGRO, NIKSHICH10 Zarka Zrenjanina Str.Tel./Fax +381 83 246 056 E-mail: [email protected]

GENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR MACEDONIA

PIT KOM DOOEL MACEDONIA, NEGOTINO120 Dame Gruev Str.Tel. +389 43 370 287Fax +389 43 370 282E-mail: [email protected]

GENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR IRAN

ARMAN SORENA COIRAN, TEHRANFirst fl.-No15-4th Alley-Bokharest St.Dr.Beheshti Ave. Tel. +98 21 88 73 31 91

GENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR SOUTH AFRICA

VIKELA SYSTEMS (PTY) LTD. Tel. +27 11 452 74 56 Fax +27 11 452 85 31 E-mail: [email protected]

GENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR FRANCE

BEAUVILLIER J.PIERREFRANCE, St Germain du TeilTel. +334 663 23 782Fax +334 663 23 458

GENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR BULGARIA

ELMARK GROUP - BULGARIA LTDBULGARIA, VARNAZPZ, 10 Perla Str.Tel. +359 52 57 55 55Fax +359 52 57 55 80E-mail: [email protected]

BULGARIA, SOFIA160 Geo Milev Blvd. Tel./Fax +359 2 971 15 60 / 61E-mail: [email protected]

BULGARIA, PLOVDIV180 Brezovsko Shose, warehouse No. 25Tel./Fax +359 32 968 210E-mail: [email protected]